undergraduate prospectus 2013/2014

undergraduate ProsPectus

2013

Un

derg

rad

Ua

te ProsPec

tUs 2

01

3B

ru

nel u

niv

ersity

B84

Bru

nl

2 BRunel unIveRSIty

www.brunel.ac.uk

3

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

u

nd

erg

rad

uat

e Pr

osp

ectu

s

Brunel university

undergraduate Prospectus

General InformatIon

open Days ................................................................................. 5Why Choose Brunel .................................................................. 6Highly rated, flexible courses .................................................. 8research-led, up-to-the minute teaching ............................ 10modern facilities .................................................................... 12Sport at Brunel ........................................................................ 18Work and Careers ................................................................... 22Student life ............................................................................. 28the Union of Brunel Students ............................................... 30Campus life .............................................................................32accommodation ......................................................................36Support, Health and Welfare .................................................40Disability and Dyslexia Service ...............................................44Brunel International ................................................................48fees and funding .................................................................... 54Degree and Course Structures ..............................................202How to apply .........................................................................208entry requirements ...............................................................210Summary of terms ................................................................ 213Visiting Brunel .......................................................................216How to find Us ..................................................................... 217Index .......................................................................................222

CoUrSe areaSanthropology ..........................................................................60

arts ...........................................................................................64

Business ....................................................................................86

Civil engineering ......................................................................92

Design .......................................................................................98

economics and finance .........................................................104

education ............................................................................... 112

electronic and Computer engineering ................................ 116

Health Sciences and Social Care ...........................................134

Information Systems and Computing ..................................148

law ..........................................................................................154

mathematical Sciences ..........................................................158

mechanical engineering .......................................................168

Politics, History and International relations .......................178

Psychology ..............................................................................184

Sociology and Communications ...........................................188

Sport Sciences ........................................................................194

Programmes with an Integrated foundation Year ............198

General index .........................................................................222

4 Brunel university

www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

u

nd

erg

rad

uat

e Pr

osp

ectu

s

ClearInGthe following will operate during the early stages of the UCaS Clearing Scheme:

Web www.brunel.ac.uk/clearing

email [email protected]

InternatIonal enQUIrIeSWeb www.brunel.ac.uk/

international


aDmISSIonS enQUIrIeSContact the admissions tutor listed for your course.

for general enquiries, please contact:

Admissions Office

Web www.brunel.ac.uk/apply


tel +44 (0)1895 265265

reQUeSt a ProSPeCtUSWeb Go to our homepage (www.brunel.ac.uk) and click ‘order a prospectus’.

tel +44 (0)1895 265599


uxbridge, Middlesex, uB8 3PH

fUll DaY ProGramme

Dates for students considering entry in september 2013:

Friday 15 June 2012Friday 22 June 2012Monday 3 September 2012Wednesday 5 September 2012Friday 7 September 2012

WeDneSDaY CamPUS toUrS

1 HOur tOur

Mid-September to late-November 2012 (excluding half-term week)

Half-term CamPUS toUrS

1 HOur tOur

Two weekdays during October half-term 2012 (check the web nearer the time for details)

VIrtUal oPen DaY

Explore Virtual Brunel online at www.brunel.ac.uk/vbrunel

Open DaysanD CaMpUs TOURs

5Brunel university


Why Choose Brunel?

6 Brunel university

www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

un

derg

radu

ate Prosp

ectus

Why Choose Brunel?

7

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

u

nd

erg

rad

uat

e Pr

osp

ectu

s

Brunel university


Teaching based on up-to-the-minute research .......................... 10

state-of-the-art facilities for work and free time ................................. 12

A focus on employability and your career ............................................ 22

Diverse clubs and societies and an action-packed social life ............... 28

A friendly campus between city and countryside .................................. 32

Brunel’s mission...

to advance knowledge and understanding and provide society with confident, talented and versatile graduates

...demonstrates our commitment to helping you achieve your individual goals, whilst remaining engaged with the community and the world around us. Whatever your aspirations and ambitions, studying at Brunel can help you to develop the skills you need to achieve them, both during your time at university and after you graduate.

Modern accommodation for all new uCAs main scheme undergraduates ........... 36

Support so you can make the most of university life ............................ 40

Scholarships to help you fund your studies .......................................... 54

HigHly rated, flexible courses

8 Brunel university

www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

teachin

g an

d r

esearch

sHape your own degree

Our high-quality courses are built around self-contained modules comprising both compulsory and optional topics.

This means that, for most courses, you can tailor the content to suit your own requirements and interests. Many subjects also allow you to incorporate modules from outside your course, for example languages or modules from other courses within your academic School.

HigHly rated, flexible courses

9

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

t

each

ing

an

d r

esea

rch

Brunel university

teaching and research

national student survey 2011

Brunel is the UK’s most improved university for student satisfaction, according to the National Student Survey for 2011.

The University climbed 78 places to 45th out of 141 higher education institutions, ranked by overall satisfaction rate. Out of the 22 universities in London, Brunel is now joint fifth with Imperial College and SOAS.

At subject level, Brunel was ranked in the upper quartile for overall satisfaction in 12 subject areas, including four subjects in the sector top ten:

• 100%ofHistory students were satisfied with their course, as in 2010;

• Design was in the sector top three for all six of the themes investigatedbythesurvey,with94%overallstudentsatisfaction;

• 97%ofPhysiotherapy students were satisfied, and the subject area was in the sector top ten for all six of the survey’s themes;

• Mathematics and statistics moved 47 places up the ranking list, with 95%overallsatisfaction.

20 of the 25 subject areas in which Brunel’s courses were included showed improvement in satisfaction rate from 2010, including a 53 place rise for the University in Business studies.

researcH-led, up-to-tHe-minute teacHing

10 Brunel university

www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

teachin

g an

d r

esearch

wHat’s Happening rigHt now?

Research centres and institutes across the whole range of our subject areas are helping to deliver solutions to global challenges. The following examples demonstrate the impact of Brunel’s research:

The Centre for Infection, Immunity and Disease Mechanisms is involved in transatlantic research into novel treatments for illnesses like asthma, Alzheimer’s disease, malaria and cancer.

The new Institute for Contemporary Middle Eastern Music will forge links and encourage the sharing of skills and ideas in music between the Middle East and the West.

The Brunel Centre for Advanced Solidification Technology is world-famous for its new techniques in recycled metal purification.

The Magna Carta Institute is an international political think-tank analysing how best to create and maintain just societies that balance personal freedom with authority.

We are proud of the usefulness of our research to the community and the world around us. it improves lives and addresses global issues, while at the same time informing the content of the courses we teach.

The last Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) judged 82%ofourresearchtobeofinternationalstanding.

Inaddition,21%ofouracademicsintheRAEwereinthefirst three years of their careers. We are one of the country’s leading investors in the researchers of the future, keeping our teaching and research fresh and forward-looking.

How does research benefit you?

All our students benefit from Brunel’s focus on research.

• Up-to-the-minutecoursecontent

Brunel’s academics are at the forefront of their fields, so you can be confident that your course is relevant and up-to-date.

• Valuablelinkswithemployers

Research is responsible for much of our collaborative work with business, industry and the public sector. These links provide opportunities for work experience, and demonstrate Brunel’s commitment to producing the professionally-minded graduates that employers want to recruit.

• Anatmosphereofinnovation

Research generates a culture of intellectual endeavour among students and staff, and encourages the interchange of ideas and expertise for which Brunel is famous.

researcH-led, up-to-tHe-minute teacHing

11

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

t

each

ing

an

d r

esea

rch

Brunel university

teaching and research

Brunel’s research into the effects of chemicals on the environment wins Queen’s Anniversary Prize

Brunel Institute for the Environment’s research revealing the link between chemicals in rivers and reproductive health has won the Queen’s Anniversary Prize for Higher and Further Education.

By uncovering a link between exposure to water pollution and sex change in male fish in UK rivers, Professor John Sumpter’s research team provided the impetus for human health research also linking chemical exposure with declining sperm counts, increased incidence of male genital abnormalities, and testicular, breast and prostate cancer in human populations.

modern campus facilities


www.brunel.ac.uk/life

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Facilities

Anexcitingnew£30millionflagshipbuildingisnow under construction at the main entrance to the university’s campus. scheduled for completion in 2012, it will provide new teaching and research facilities as well as an auditorium and art gallery.

Brunel’s investment in buildings and infrastructureisnowapproaching£400million,with many new and refurbished social, teaching and sporting facilities, halls of residence, and more green spaces to enjoy outside.

The Schools of Health Sciences and Social Care, Engineering and Design and Business have all benefited from the addition of new, multi-million pound buildings. In addition, the Lecture Centre has undergone an extensive renovation, with high-tech teaching equipment and improved social and study facilities. Primarily used by the School of Arts the refurbished Antonin Artaud building contains drama and performance studios, a music room, a public performance venue and radio and video editing suites.

Find out more about Brunel’s modern, high-quality accommodation on page 36.

modern campus facilities

13

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

F

acili

ties

Brunel university

Facilities

all tHe study resources you need



Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Facilities

Brunel’s study facilities can help you to achieve your potential and make the most of your degree.

the library

The Library’s location at the centre of the campus reflects its important role in providing you with the resources you will need during your time at Brunel, including:

• anextensivecollectionofbooks,journals and audio-visual materials;

• onlinedatabases,eBooksandover16,000eJournals available via the Library website;

• 1,200studyspacesandnearly500PCs,ina range of environments including group study rooms and silent study areas;

• WiFicapabilitythroughoutthebuilding;

• inductionsessions,informationskillstraining and one-to-one support to help you find and use resources, as well as support in the use of statistics and related packages such as SPSS;

• SubjectLiaisonLibrarianswhoworkwiththe academic Schools to ensure that the Library provides the resources you need.

AcademicSkillsService(ASK)

ASK specialises in teaching you the skills you need to learn independently and thrive academically throughout your time at Brunel. Whether it’s advice on researching, planning and writing assignments, giving presentations, time management or maths, numeracy and statistics, ASK offer workshops, individual advice and resources to support your learning.

ASK, in conjunction with other university services has developed a website for new students preparing to study in higher education. For more information, visit www.brunel.ac.uk/headstart

the Computer Centre and Media services

All students use the services provided by the Computer Centre and Media Services to enhance their learning and personal development. As part of your registration process, you will be given a username which lasts for the duration of your course. Your username and password (which you must remember and keep secure) allow access to facilities including:

• PCworkstationsacrosscampus,manyof which are open around the clock;

• afilestoreallocationsufficienttoyour academic needs, where you can keep your work securely;

• anemailaccounttobeusedforallyour University correspondence;

• theUniversity’svirtuallearningenvironment, including online library databases;

• theConnectservices,withwhichyoumay connect your own computer to the University network from your halls of residence or via a wireless connection from other areas on campus;

• theBrunelintranet,whichprovidesUniversity news, course information and access to student support;

• anaudiovisualandmediaequipment loan service to enhance presentations and projects.

the international Pathways and LanguageCentre(IPLC) Foreign languages

The IPLC offers a range of modern foreign language courses at a variety of levels, currently in Arabic, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Mandarin Chinese, Russian, Polish, Portuguese and Spanish. The classes are taught by qualified, native speakers, and you will receive a Certificate of Achievement upon successful completion of the course.

all tHe study resources you need

15

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

F

acili

ties

Brunel university

Facilities

tHe arts



Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Facilities

TheArtsCentreorganisesclasses,courses,exhibitions,concertsandproductionsthroughout the year, and provides the space, tuition and specialist equipment required foryourcreativeskillstoflourish.

• Professionally-taughtclassesandworkshopsareofferedin a wide variety of arts, including pottery, painting, drawing, creative writing, music and drama. Classes are free once you have paid a small annual membership fee and any necessary costs for materials.

• Thereareseveralstudentdramagroupsandmajorproductionswith a professional director. Auditions are open to all students.

• Awiderangeofvocalandinstrumentalmusicgroupsrehearse each week under professional direction. Individual tuition is available and the Arts Centre organises concerts throughout the year, including performances from world-renowned musicians and Brunel’s own students and staff.

To find out more about the Arts Centre’s activities, visit www.brunel.ac.uk/artscentre

MusicAwards

University Music Awards are made annually towards the cost of tuition for promising singers and instrumentalists who are not taking music performance as part of their academic course. Auditions are held at the beginning of each academic year. For more information, email the Arts Centre at [email protected]

tHe arts

17Brunel university

Facilities

TheSchoolofArtsalsorunsmusicgroups,that are open to all members of the university. (Auditionsmayberequiredforsomeensembles.)

sport at brunel



Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Facilities

Sport Sciences graduate Perri Shakes-Drayton, who won two bronze medals at the European Athletics Championships in 2010, continued her success in 2011 by becoming the first athlete ever to achieve the 400m and 400m hurdles double at the UK Championships.

Over the summer of 2011, the fastest man in the world used Brunel’s outstanding facilities during his preparations for the World Athletics Championships.Usain Bolt, the world-record holder at 100m and 200m, also took time out to meet Brunel’s athletics stars of the future, our Sports Scholars, at a question-and-answer session in the Indoor Athletics Centre.

sport at brunel

19

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

F

acili

ties

Brunel university

Facilities

looking ahead to london 2012 Brunel University is committed to making the most of the London 2012 Olympic and Paralympic Games for our students.

The University has used its outstanding reputation in sport to secure pre-Games training camp deals with the Korean Olympic Committee and Athletics Canada for the 2012 Games. We will work hard to maximise the impact of hosting these top teams for the Brunel sports clubs and student volunteers.

With more than 100 Olympic and Paralympic graduates to our name, 17 of them medal winners, we anticipate more outstanding achievements from Brunel students, current and past, in London.

sport is an important part of Brunel life.

In the summer of 2011 Active Brunel was launched. This exciting program will transform sport at the University, giving all students unprecedented opportunities to join in and enjoy a healthy lifestyle.

sports scholarships

Sports scholarships are designed to benefit elite performance athletes by supporting their academic study and sporting commitments simultaneously. They include:

• afinancialawardandassistancewithcompetitionexpenses;

• accommodationallocatednexttothesportsfacilities if you choose to live on campus;

• mentoringsupportonbalancingstudywithtraining;

• freeuseofsportsfacilities.

For further information on sports scholarships, please email details of your sporting performance and state the course for which you are applying to [email protected]

Performance Programmes

Brunel offers Performance Programmes in netball, athletics, squash and rugby, providing coaching and support designed to help students progress and reach their full potential.

www.brunel.ac.uk/2012

2005 Sport Sciences graduate Beth Rodford won gold in the women’s quadruple scull in the 2010 World Rowing Championships in New Zealand. She also raced in the women’s eight at the 2008 Beijing Olympics.

sport at brunel



Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Facilities

students of all abilities, from complete beginners to elite athletes, are encouraged to make the most of our world-class facilities.

indoor facilities

• Brunel’sstate-of-the-artIndoorAthleticsCentreincludesa132msprint and hurdles straight, full provision for jumps and throws and a large strength and conditioning area.

• Thefitnesssuiteandgymofferover70cardiovascularandresistancestations, as well as a ‘free weight’ strength training room.

• Therearetwolargesportshalls,ahighly-ratedclimbingwallandfoursquash courts, and fitness classes take place in the exercise studio.

• Thetherapytreatmentroomprovidescomplementarytherapies,osteopathy and a sports injury clinic.

Outdoor facilities

• Athleticsfacilitiesincludeafloodlitsix-lane400mtrackandfullfield events provision, with a newly-refurbished Sports Pavilion for changing and hospitality.

• Floodlitsand-dressed,artificial3Gandnaturalgrasspitches (including a range of grass pitches for rugby and football), as well as tennis and netball courts, are available for training, competition and recreational use.

student successes

Successes in student sport in the last year have included individual triumphs, team promotions and victories at the British University Championships (BUCS).

The Athletics club continued their success at BUCS by winning a total of 24 medals, including 5 gold.

2012 will be a fantastic year for our student athletes as they will have the opportunity to compete at the new Olympic Stadium which will host the 2012 BUCS Outdoor Athletics Championships.

sport at brunel

21

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

F

acili

ties

Brunel university

Facilities

A £25 million leisure complex, including an Olympic standard 50m swimming pool, opened in 2010 in nearby Uxbridge.

built-in work experience


www.brunel.ac.uk/pcc

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Wo

rk and

careers

built-in work experience

23

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

W

ork

an

d c

aree

rs

Brunel university

Work and Careers

Brunel offers the uK’s ‘Best PlAcement service’!Brunel’s Placement and Careers Centre was named ‘Best Placement Service’ at the 2010 Inaugural National Placement and Internship Awards, run by RateMyPlacement.co.uk The Centre followed this up in 2011 with the accolade of ‘University with a Forward-thinking Attitude to Work-based Learning’.

Brunel’s focus on jobs and employability means that our graduates have the skills and information they need to compete for the jobs they want.

Careers advice and opportunities are co-ordinated by the Placement and Careers Centre (PCC). With an extensive careers library and interactive online service, major autumn careers fair, regular workshops, employer presentations and subject-specific ‘Careers Uncovered’ events, you can make informed decisions from your first year onwards. Local, national and international recruiters target Brunel, and there are typically over 1,000 employers advertising with us at any one time. The Placement and Careers Centre’s iPhone app keeps registered students up-to-date with the latest graduate opportunities.

sandwich placements

One of Brunel’s most distinctive features is our commitment to including periods of work experience – sandwich placements – in many of our courses.

Four-year sandwich courses help students to develop the practical knowledge and skills required to succeed in the competitive graduate job market.

Many of our courses offer a one-year block of work experience (a ‘thick-sandwich’ course) or in some cases two six-month periods (a ‘thin-sandwich’ course). Placements are usually paid, which compensates for the cost of an extra year’s study, and some students are even offered permanent employment after they graduate. You may be able to apply for a Placement Bursary if your placement is unpaid, as is often the case for students seeking employment in professions such as law, finance, IT and new media.

There are also opportunities to study or undertake a work placement overseas. We have long-standing exchange agreements with universities in Europe and the USA, while some European work placements have led to our graduates being offered employment by international companies.

Each academic School has a dedicated Placement Officer in the Placement and Careers Centre who understands the industry and has long-established links with employers.

Those courses which do not offer sandwich placements often include a work experience module, so you can still gain experience of working in the real world before you graduate.

all tHe careers resources you need



Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Wo

rk and

careers

Ed studied Business and Management and is now an Investment Appraisal Analyst for the Royal Mail

I am part of a team responsible for the appraisal of investment projects and monthly reporting of the authorised projects spend to the Executive Committee. I was headhunted by the Financial Control Director to lead a project to improve processes.

I enjoyed many parts of my degree at Brunel. The variety of modules offered insights into areas of interest in both an academic and career sense, and gave a very good grounding in business and working in industry.

My placement year was invaluable in gaining experience and putting what I had learnt into practise. It helped me develop contacts and knowledge that were integral to my dissertation and helped greatly when looking for a graduate career at a difficult time with the recession in full swing.

Accreditation

Some courses have official ‘seals of approval’ in the form of accreditation by relevant professional institutions. Check the course descriptions (from page 60 onwards) to see if this could apply to you.

Mentoring

Professional mentoring for Brunel undergraduates began more than six years ago with the National Mentoring Consortium programme for Black and Asian students. It has since expanded to include other students under-represented in higher education, for example students with disabilities, care-leavers and students first in their family to attend university. Students are matched with mentors from the public and private sector and, in regular meetings at the mentor’s place of work, they work towards personal and professional goals and graduate-level employment.

all tHe careers resources you need

25

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

W

ork

an

d c

aree

rs

Brunel university

Work and Careers

in 2010, Brunel was shortlisted for the Times Higher Education entrepreneurial university of the year Award,inrecognitionofitsinnovativeinitiativestoencourage enterprising and creative thinking amongst the whole university community. these include the success of its in-house companies, strategic business partnerships and major student competitions and exhibitions,aswellasawardsforGlobalBusinessExcellenceandtheUK’sbestPlacementService.

78% of firms surveyed by the CBi* stated that employability skills developed during industrial placementsorotherrelevantworkexperiencearethe top priority for employment in business.

* Firms were surveyed for the report entitled Future fit: preparing graduates for the world of work, March 2009.

working wHile you study



Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Wo

rk and

careers

AtBrunel,weunderstandthatyoumaywellneed to work while you study, both to ease financial worries and to develop your skills.

The Job Shop, part of the Placement and Careers Centre, helps hundreds of students to find part-time and vacation work. There are plenty of high-quality vacancies on campus, in the local area, and further afield. Last year, students collectively earned over £500,000 from on-campus jobs alone!

London might seem like an expensive place to study, but according to NatWest’s annual Student Living Index, London is the most cost-effective place to be a student out of 25 UK university cities. This is largely due to the ready availability of well-paid, part-time work, which helps London students to earn an average of £5,024 per year.

Brunel volunteers

Brunel Volunteers co-ordinates volunteering opportunities for students who want to improve their skills and employability. For more information on opportunities available, visit http://brunelvolunteers.com

working wHile you study

27

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

W

ork

an

d c

aree

rs

Brunel university

Work and Careers

social life on campus



Br

un

el un

iver

sity

stud

ent life

university is about more than just studying.

Brunel’s modern facilities, bars, refectory, shops, café, central atrium and refurbished nightclub are all on campus, providing the perfect setting for a night out, trying new activities or relaxing after lectures.

Clubs and societies

The Students’ Union is proud of the diversity of clubs and societies that you can join and even help run – everything from Animé Society to Snow Club. If your interests are not represented, we’ll help you start your own group.

nightlife

Brunel’s nightclub, the Academy, caters for all musical tastes.

Roll Deep, Tinchy Stryder, Skepta, Devlin, Big Brother, the Holloways and Wheatus have all played at the Academy in recent years, with DJ sets from Westwood, Trevor Nelson, Shy FX, Hed Kandi and Pendulum. Our urban scene attracts some of the best talent in London. You can also check out up-and-coming comedians, hone your karaoke and pub quiz skills, or even organise your own nights to raise funds for your club or society.

student media

The Union keeps you up-to-date with what’s happening through its free student newspaper, LeNurb (that’s Brunel backwards!), Radio Brunel and the Union website. They are always on the lookout for fresh journalists, designers and DJs to contribute and keep things running.

social life on campus

29

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

s

tud

ent

life

Brunel university

student life

TheUnionofBrunelStudents(UBS) Social life on campus revolves around the Students’ Union, whose student-elected staff help provide you with the best possible university experience. Turn over for more information about UBS.

tHe union of brunel students



Br

un

el un

iver

sity

stud

ent life

social life on campus revolves around the students’ union, whose student-elected staff help provide you with the best possibleuniversityexperience.you are encouraged to take part in university activities, organisation and decision-making at all levels.

the students’ union

The Union of Brunel Students (UBS) facilitates the activities and represents the interests of all students, and encourages everyone to play an active part in its affairs. You will almost certainly make use of some of its wide range of amenities and services, run by an elected group of students and full-time professional staff. You may also like to get to the heart of the organisation’s democracy by becoming involved in its day to day running through the Student Assembly or the Trustee Board.

The Union is a not-for-profit charity. Its income-generating services subsidise its non-trading activities such as clubs and societies, the Advice and Representation Centre, and campaigns ranging from sexual health to alcohol awareness and crime prevention.

Influenceyourstudies

The President and Vice-Presidents are elected student representatives who sit on both the governing bodies of the University – Council and Senate. You can also be elected to academic committees and School Boards where you will be in a position to influence your studies on issues such as course structure, timetabling and other academic matters. The Student Representation Scheme, run by the Students’ Union, provides advice and training to over 350 reps, enabling you to make the most of these positions. Your opinions may also be sought through questionnaires on your course as a whole, on individual modules, or on the University’s services.

tHe union of brunel students

31

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

s

tud

ent

life

Brunel university

student life

The Union of Brunel Students is run by students for students. Representation and democracy are at the heart of what we do. We represent the needs of our students to the University, to the local community and even the Government.

There are so many different opportunities to get involved with UBS, ranging from clubs and societies to radio presenting, student representation, volunteering and even organising our big events.

The Union organises Freshers’ Week, and with numerous social events and activities, you’ll make friends before you know it and acquire skills that boosts your employability. Then to finish the year off we organise the FACE festival, with live music, BBQs and more!

Brunel is truly a unique community with fantastic opportunities.

Promise Phil l ipsPresident, Union of Brunel Students

campus life


www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

life on

camp

us

Brunel is a campus-based university, so virtually everything you need is within moments of where you live and study.

You are never more than 10 minutes away from the halls of residence, catering, social and sports facilities, lecture theatres, Library, Computer Centre or welfare services.

Brunel boasts the kind of welcoming atmosphere that so many other universities lack. The campus environment has a relaxed atmosphere, and helps create a strong student community that flourishes as a result of living, studying and socialising in one location.

Striking 1960s architecture sits alongside outstanding modern designs, offset by gardens and interconnecting pathways.

campus life

33

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

l

ife

on

cam

pu

s

Brunel university

Campus life

tHe best of city and country

34

BrunelislocatedinUxbridge,acompactandfriendly town on the edge of West london.

Uxbridge town centre is just a 20-minute walk or short bus-ride from the heart of the campus, and is packed with more than 300 shops, a multiplex cinema, two shopping malls, dozens of bars and restaurants and a £3 million nightclub which runs a number of very popular student nights.

easy access to Central london

If you want to experience one of the greatest cities in the world, but are daunted by the high cost and bustle of living there, then Brunel offers an ideal compromise.

Our Greater London address means you can access the best work placements and job opportunities. Not only is London the heart of the financial, commercial and creative sectors, but international organisations such as Apple UK, Coca Cola, Parexel, Xerox, Centrica, Hasbro, BT and GlaxoSmithKline are based in and around Uxbridge.

You will also benefit from receiving a London-weighted maintenance loan without the burden of central London living costs.

the countryside on your doorstep

One of Brunel’s best-kept secrets is its proximity to the Grand Union Canal and to part of the Colne Valley Park, consisting of miles of woods, walkways, lakes, rivers and nature reserves, and only a 15-minute walk away.

tHe best of city and country

35

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

l

ife

on

cam

pu

s

Brunel university

Campus life

Brunel By tuBe! Travelling from London to Uxbridge is very straightforward – the town is at the end of the Metropolitan and Piccadilly lines on the London Underground, and overground trains from West Drayton (a short bus-ride from campus) take you to Paddington in just 20 minutes.

a great place to liVe



Br

un

el un

iver

sityA

ccommodatio

n

Brunel’s halls of residence have been transformed in recent years as part of a £48millioninvestmentprogramme.Allourhalls provide high quality, modern facilities and they are all located on campus.

• Our4,545roomsaredividedinto34hallsofresidence,including17 in the spectacular Isambard Complex, completed in 2008.

• AccommodationisguaranteedforallnewUCASmainschemefirst year undergraduates, including those from the local area.

• Allourhallsareoncampus,meaningyouarenevermorethan10 minutes away from the teaching, social and sporting facilities.

• Mostroomsareensuite,butyoucanalsochooseourstandardhalls to suit your personal budget.

• Allourroomsaresingle,soyouwon’tneedtoshare,althoughstudio flats are also available for co-habiting couples.

• Allroomsofferafreenetworkconnection,throughwhichyoucan access the Internet at no extra cost (with some limitations and subject to the Computer Centre’s Terms and Conditions).

• Specially-adaptedroomsareavailableforstudentswithdisabilities – for more information, see page 45.

We strongly recommend that you live on campus in your first year, to make the most of what university life has to offer. All you need to do is indicate when choosing Brunel on your UCAS form that you will not be living at home. If you are offered and accept a place on a course, the Accommodation Office will contact you with further details.

Rentfor2011/12(checktheWebfor2012/13rates)

• Ensuiteroomslaidoutinflats:£115.78perweek

• Ensuiteroomslaidoutoncorridors:£113.75perweek

• Standardrooms:£90.86perweek

• StudioflatsintheIsambardComplex:£174.02perweek (available to co-habiting couples only)

Rent rates include heating, lighting, water and standard insurance. Your lease period is 36 weeks.

a great place to liVe

37

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

tyA

ccommodation

Brunel university

Accommodation

residences student Mentors and senior Mentors are employed by the university to support and advise new resident students and to promote a sense of community within the university.

view the accommodation video at www.brunel.ac.uk/life/accommodation/video

HigH standards botH on and off campus



Br

un

el un

iver

sityA

ccommodatio

n

not only is our accommodation good value and high quality, it also benefits from the highest standards of service. Brunel residential, Catering and Conference Serviceshavereceived‘HospitalityAssured’accreditation for the ninth successive year, with services now rated as ‘outstanding’.

What if i want to live off-campus?

Brunel Student Homes can give help and advice about renting in the private sector, and there are various options available depending on your requirements.

• ThroughtheHeadLeasingScheme,BrunelStudentHomesrentsproperties from local landlords and then rents them on to groups of students.

• PrivatelandlordsadvertisepropertiesthroughBrunelStudentHomes. These have to meet minimum basic requirements and provide the required certification before they can be advertised. Most are also inspected by a member of the team.

• Forthosewhoarelookingontheirowntolivewithother students, there is a notice board in the office where students can place adverts for rooms available or rooms wanted. Landlords also advertise rooms in their homes on the Brunel Student Homes website.

Average rents for the area are within the region of £80 to £100 per week for a room. For more information on living off campus, visit www.brunel.ac.uk/studenthomes

Food and catering

All halls are self-catering, with spacious, well-equipped kitchens. There are also many food outlets across campus.

The main campus refectory, the More Foodhall, is open throughout the day and serves staples such as homemade soup, sandwiches, jacket potatoes and salads, as well as Indian, Thai, Chinese, Continental and British dishes. There are plenty of vegetarian options and Halal-approved meat is available. To help manage your food budget, you can buy a meal voucher package which saves you money in the main food outlets. Each voucher is currently redeemable to the value of £6 of food or non-alcoholicdrinks,andthe100voucher-packagesavesyou15%.

For more information and the latest rates, visit www.brunel.ac.uk/catering

HigH standards botH on and off campus

39

support tHrougHout your uniVersity life

40

For many students, university will offer a first true taste of independence. you have to handle your own finances, organise your own workload, and find somewhere to live.

Whatever your background – from students getting used to a new country and culture to those living at home while they study – you may find that becoming an undergraduate throws up a lot of questions.

Practical support and advice are freely available to all Brunel students, no matter what the problem may be. Throughout your course, you will have access to all the support you need to manage academic, financial, employment-related, administrative, legal, pastoral and accommodation issues.

support within your school

When you arrive at Brunel you will be assigned at least one personal tutor from your academic School, who will be your main point of contact for academic matters, such as module choices and work placements. As you settle in, you will develop many other networks and contacts who will continue to support your academic development. Many Schools organise social events to help you get to know them and each other.

student administrative enquiries

The Student Centre, based at the heart of the campus, is available to provide advice and support throughout your time at Brunel. Student advisors can help with a wide variety of administrative enquiries including: enrolment; student records; finance; fees and funding; student letters; visa applications; general accommodation information; module selection; graduation enquiries; and student ID cards.

Externalandlegalissues

The ARC, part of the Students’ Union, is staffed by professional advisors and offers information, advice and representation on legal issues such as housing, employment, money, benefits and finance as well as University-related issues. The ARC is independent, free and confidential and holds the Community Legal Service Quality Mark.

support tHrougHout your uniVersity life

41

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

s

up

po

rt, h

ealt

h a

nd

wel

fare

Brunel university

support, Health and Welfare

Brunel’s commitment to cAre leAversThe Buttle UK Quality Mark was set up to recognise Higher Education institutions that go the extra mile to support students who have been in public care. Brunel’s Commitment to Care Leavers aims to assist care leavers with the university application process and to support them on entry by providing, among other things: a bespoke induction session; a named, single point of contact; year-round on-campus accommodation, if required; and the opportunity to apply for a professional mentor in Level 2 or 3.

For more information, visit www.brunel.ac.uk/careleavers

personal support, HealtH and welfare



Br

un

el un

iver

sity

sup

po

rt, health

and

welfare

Our medical and counselling services are available to help all students, no matter what the problem.

Medical care

Our on-site NHS Medical Centre can be used by any students, staff and members of the public who live within the Practice catchment area and who are registered with the Practice. The Centre is open throughout the year, with a walk-in surgery each weekday during term-time. Students who do not register will be seen in an emergency.

The University does not provide dental services, so you should have a check-up before you arrive.

Counselling

Counselling is free to all Brunel students. We offer emotional and personal help for any issue, such as stress, depression, relationship difficulties, bereavement and any other problem that may be getting in the way of your studies or your enjoyment of university life.

Appointments and weekday 2-3pm drop-in sessions are available all year round.

The service is confidential unless someone is at risk of serious harm. We also have a helpline where you can leave a message, and the duty counsellor will ring you back as soon as possible.

All members of the core team are professionally qualified, and all counsellors, trainees and associates work in strict accordance with the British Association for Counselling and Psychotherapy (BACP) Ethical Framework, and the Brunel University Counselling Service Code of Practice.

personal support, HealtH and welfare

43

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

s

up

po

rt, h

ealt

h a

nd

wel

fare

Brunel university


turn over for information on the Disability and DyslexiaService.

tHe disability and dyslexia serVice


www.brunel.ac.uk/disability

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

sup

po

rt, health

and

welfare

Brunel’sDisabilityandDyslexiaService(DDS)hasreceivednationalawardsandaccoladesinrecentyears,reflectingthequality of the university’s support service.

In 2009, Brunel was judged in an undercover report by the Muscular Dystrophy Campaign to have the best university facilities fordisabledstudentsintheLondonarea.Wescored94%overall(the second highest score in the UK) in the University Challenge report, which was carried out by more than 100 Trailblazers, a network of young campaigners for the rights of disabled people.

In 2008, the DDS team were also the recipients of the Times Higher Education Award for Outstanding Support for Disabled Students.

How can we help you?

The DDS works to support and advise all disabled students, including students with dyslexia and other specific learning difficulties, mental health conditions, mobility and sensory impairments and unseen disabilities such as epilepsy, diabetes, arthritis and RSI.

A wealth of specialist resources, knowledge and practical support is available including:

• ateamofspecialistDisabilityandDyslexiaAdvisers;

•anAssistiveTechnologyCentre(ATC)providingup-to-datespecialist technology, training and support;

•on-siteneedsassessmentsandITtrainingattheWestLondonAssessment Centre (WLAC);

• screeningsanddiagnosticassessmentsforspecific learning difficulties;

• one-to-onetuitionforstudentswithspecificlearningdifficulties;

• aloanbankofequipmentincludingdigitalrecorders,assistivelistening devices and laptops;

• provisionofnotetakers,communicatorsandother support workers;

• studentmentoringprogrammes;

• examadjustmentsandextendedlibraryloans;

• adjustmenttoaccommodationservices,includingfullyautomated access for wheelchair users, rooms with adapted en suites and kitchen facilities, including grab rails, lowered work surfaces and deaf alerter alarm systems, and accommodation for students attending Brunel with carers.

tHe disability and dyslexia serVice

45

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

s

up

po

rt, h

ealt

h a

nd

wel

fare

Brunel university


the DDs is a confidential service – details are only passed on with your consent. to find out more about services for disabled students, meet a member of the DDs or have a tour around campus, please email us at [email protected]

a diVerse community



Br

un

el un

iver

sity

sup

po

rt, health

and

welfare

Brunel’s students come from a variety of religious and non-religious backgrounds. We positively celebrate the richness that this diversity brings to our community.

the Meeting House

The Meeting House is a pastoral, spiritual and community-building resource for all at Brunel. It provides a dedicated space where you can slow down, enjoy the peace of the Quiet Room or just relax over a cup of fairtrade tea or coffee in the lounge area – all for free!

The Meeting House team can offer a listening ear and personal help and advice as well as spiritual support. Chaplains from Christian, Muslim, Hindu and other faith traditions are available, and you will always be met with a warm welcome and a respectful attitude.

For those with a more specific interest in faith traditions, there is a weekly programme of prayer and discussion. Many different student groups use the Meeting House for worship, meetings and social activities.

In an environment driven by many pressures on your time, the Meeting House is one place where you don’t need to make an appointment – simply drop in.

Widening Participation

Brunel has a longstanding and highly successful Widening Participation (WP) strategy which aims to attract young people from non-traditional backgrounds to aspire to, enter and succeed at university. Brunel students are invited to assist the WP team by becoming WP Ambassadors, working with visiting groups of school and college students on campus or in their own institutions. The team also provides support to retain WP undergraduates through pre-entry and induction events as well as professional mentoring schemes.

To further support students under-represented at Brunel, the WP team also partially finances a range of central student support teams, such as the Counselling Service, Library, Disability and Dyslexia Service and Placement and Careers Centre.

For more information, visit www.brunel.ac.uk/about/facts/access

a diVerse community

47

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

s

up

po

rt, h

ealt

h a

nd

wel

fare

Brunel university


brunel international


www.brunel.ac.uk/international

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

sup

po

rt, health

and

welfare

Brunel is proud to be home to over 2,500 international students from over 110 different countries who play an essential part in creating our diverse and cosmopolitan university.

Brunel International, a dedicated international student centre within the University, offers a range of services to help international students, from the initial enquiry until graduation. Through their work and the broad perspective of Brunel’s academic programmes, we continue to offer a global experience for all our students.

Our proximity to London, one of the world’s most multicultural cities, is complemented by a friendly campus environment with guaranteed accommodation in your first year. In addition, the UK’s main international airport, Heathrow, is only 15 minutes away by car.

brunel international

49

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

s

up

po

rt, h

ealt

h a

nd

wel

fare

Brunel university


support for international students



Br

un

el un

iver

sity

sup

po

rt, health

and

welfare

Brunel international is here to help during every stage of your life and studies at Brunel

As well as access to the resources available to all our students, such as state-of-the-art study facilities, careers advice, a multi-faith meeting house and personal, practical and study support, international students can also benefit from a range of other support services:

• pre-departureandarrivalinformation;

• a‘MeetandGreet’servicefromLondonHeathrowairport;

• atailor-madeinternationalstudentorientationprogramme;

• arangeofdaytripstoplacesofinterestintheUK;

• theHostProgramme,whichgivesstudentstheopportunitytospend a weekend in the home of a British family, learning about the UK way of life;

• anactiveInternationalStudentSociety;

•languageandstudysupport;

• supportandadvicethroughouttheyearfromtrainedsupportstaff;

• adviceforyouandyourfamilyontheUK’simmigrationscheme.

the application process

All applicants, including those from overseas, should apply through the Universities and Colleges Admissions Service (UCAS) and must prove their proficiency in the English language.

More information about UCAS is provided on page 208. If you need extra support or advice in completing your application form, you may wish to contact UCAS directly. In addition, Brunel has a number of representatives throughout the world who can assist with the application process.

For more information, visit the Brunel International web pages www.brunel.ac.uk/international

support for international students

51

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

s

up

po

rt, h

ealt

h a

nd

wel

fare

Brunel university


to find out more about life as an international student at Brunel, visit www.brunel.ac.uk/international

entry for international students



Br

un

el un

iver

sity

sup

po

rt, health

and

welfare

you may need to gain further qualifications before beginning your degree course, especially to improve your proficiency in english. Brunel offers a variety of courses to help you reach the necessary standard.

english language requirements

All students will have to prove that they have met the entry requirements for their course. If your level of English does not meet the entry requirements for your particular programme, you will be offered the chance to raise it to the required standard by attending one of the English language courses run by our International Pathways and Language Centre (IPLC). You should complete and pass this course before starting your degree. Several different high-quality courses are available, all of which are competitively priced and taught in small classes.

For more information, visit the IPLC’s website at www.brunel.ac.uk/international/englishcourses

The IPLC also provides classes and tutorials in English for Academic Purposes (EAP) while you are studying for your degree helping you to improve your skills in academic writing, seminars and presentations, research, academic reading and English pronunciation and grammar.

Modern foreign language courses are also available at the IPLC – see page 15 for more information.

Foundation and First year university studies Programmes

The Intensive International Foundation for Engineering (IIFE) is a full-time, 14-week course for students who would like to progress onto an undergraduate degree in the School of Engineering and Design. Successful completion of the IIFE course allows students to progress to Level 1 of an undergraduate degree programme.

There is also an option to take a short English course prior to the IIFE if you do not meet the language requirements for the programme. For more information, visit www.brunel.ac.uk/international/foundation-and-pre-masters-courses or email [email protected]

The London International College of Business and Technology Ltd (LIBT) works in association with Brunel to offer full fee-paying overseas students an alternative entry route into the University’s undergraduate programmes, with advanced standing.

the First year university studies

Programmes in Business and Management, Information Systems and Computing, and Economics and Finance are based on, and equivalent to, Level 1 of the Brunel degrees in these subjects, and are fully recognised by the University.

If you do not qualify for direct entry to the First Year Undergraduate Studies Programmes, you can take the International Foundation Programme prior to it. The International Foundation Programme is equivalent to A-levels and other university foundation courses and is designed to prepare students for university-level study. On successful completion of the Programme, you are guaranteed entry onto a First Year University Studies Programme.

For more information, visit www.libt.navitas.com or email [email protected]

entry for international students

53

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

s

up

po

rt, h

ealt

h a

nd

wel

fare

Brunel university


fees and funding


www.brunel.ac.uk/ugfunding

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Fees and

Fun

din

g

fees and funding

55

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

F

ees

and

Fu

nd

ing

Brunel university

Fees and Funding

the information is correct at time of going to press for 2012. For up-to-date information on fees please check the website: www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug/fees

BrunelUniversitywillchargeafeeof£9,000for Home/eu students on its full-time undergraduate degree programmes from 2012.

The University believes that this fee level is necessary to maintain its strong focus on research-led teaching and the employability of its students. It also recognises that Brunel University must continue to invest in its facilities and curriculum in order to meet the needs of its students.

Fees for sandwich Placement year

If a student chooses to take a four-year sandwich placement degree, the total fee for the placement period(s) will be just £1,000. This reduced fee is charged during sandwich years because of the continued support and assessment structures that form an integral part of the placement. Students from under-represented groups will receive a fee waiver for the £1,000 fee, and placement bursaries will also be available in certain cases. We will also be funding internships in some cases to assist with the employment prospects of our students.

Fees for a four-year Master’s course

To encourage high-performing students from under-represented groups to apply for, or transfer to, our four-year integral undergraduate Master’s degrees in Mathematics and Engineering, we will offer successful candidates a fee waiver of £3,000 for the fourth year of study. This reduces the cost to £6,000 – the national basic fee – and encourages such students to pursue excellence in Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics (STEM) subjects.

Part-time courses

The detailed arrangements for fees for admission to a part-time undergraduate course, and the student loan and support package for part-time students, are still awaited from the Government. However, we anticipate that fees may be based pro rata on the £9,000 full-time fee.



Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Fees and

Fun

din

g

Brunel University is introducing over 1,000 new scholarships for 2012 to encourage talented students from under-represented groups to continue to study with us.

We plan to offer the following scholarships:

NationalScholarshipProgramme(NSP)

Worth£3,000The NSP is a Government-backed scheme to provide additional financial support to certain eligible students. It is funded jointly by the Government and the University.AnnualValue: £2,000 fee waiver plus £1,000 taken either as:(a) an additional fee waiver or(b) discount on the cost of on-

campus accommodation or(c) a cash awardHow many: 128 new entrants funded by the Government + 188 funded by Brunel.For how many years: First year only.

AcademicExcellenceScholarship

Worth£9,000AnnualValue: £3,000 fee waiverHow many: up to 150 entrants each yearFor how many years: 3-years, subject to meeting progression criteria.See Terms and Conditions on the Web for further information.

BrunelAccessScholarships

Worth£4,500The University will provide Access Scholarships to 380 new students each year from under-represented groups and/or mature students.AnnualValue: Level 1: £1,000

Level 2: £1,500 (subject to meeting progression criteria) Level 3: £2,000 (subject to meeting progression criteria)

Taken either as:(a) a fee waiver or(b) discount on the cost of on-campus accommodation or(c) a cash award.How many: 380 new entrants each yearFor how many years: 3-years

local Boroughs scholarships

Worth£18,000The Local Boroughs Scholarships will be awarded to 20 students in 2012, who attended a maintained school or college in one of the six London Boroughs with whom the University operates Widening Participation Partnerships. Scholarships will be awarded on the basis of academic excellence and to students who meet certain criteria.AnnualValue: £5,000 fee waiver plus £1,000 taken either as:(a) an additional fee waiver or(b) discount on the cost of on-campus accommodation or(c) a cash awardHow many: 20* new entrants each yearFor how many years: 3-years (subject to meeting progression criteria)*Increasing to 30 from 2013

BrunelAlumniScholarship

Worth£18,000Funded by alumni donations, Brunel Alumni Scholarships will be awarded to five applicants who achieve the highest number of UCAS tariff points and who meet certain criteria.AnnualValue: £6,000 cash awardHow many: 5 new entrants each yearFor how many years: 3-years (subject to meeting progression criteria)

urban scholarships

Worth£9,000Urban Scholarships are non-repayable cash awards of up to £3,000 per year for students who have attended the Urban Scholars programme at Brunel University for a minimum of two years, who achieve academic excellence and who are eligible to receive a tuition fee loan from Student Finance England and have consented to the sharing of data submitted to the Student Loans Company.AnnualValue: up to £3,000 cash awardHow many: all new entrants who meet the eligibility criteriaFor how many years: 3-years (subject to meeting progression criteria)

brunel uniVersity financial support

57

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

F

ees

and

Fu

nd

ing

Brunel university

Fees and Funding

Foundation year scholarship

Worth£1,000The Foundation Year Scholarship will be provided for one year (Foundation Year referred to as year 0) to students from under-represented groups who commit to Brunel University during the UCAS Main Scheme (not through Clearing) and meet the entry criteria. Students can be considered for an Access Scholarship on successful completion of the Foundation year.AnnualValue: £1,000 in year 0 taken either as:(a) a fee waiver or(b) discount on the cost of on-campus accommodation or(c) a cash awardHow many: 150 new entrants each yearFor how many years: 1-year only (foundation year level). Students will be considered for the Access, Alumni, Local Boroughs or NSP scholarship for subsequent years.

Placement scholarship

Worth£1,000The University will provide a fee waiver of £1,000 for the sandwich placement year (the whole tuition fee for that year), for all students who meet the eligibility criteria.AnnualValue: fee waiver of £1,000 for sandwich placement year (this covers the whole tuition fee for that year).How many: all new entrants who meet the eligibility criteriaFor how many years: 1-year - placement year only. [This will be year 3 for students on thick- and thin-sandwich courses and year 4 for students on MEng, MMath or MFinMath sandwich courses.]

Mathematical sciences scholarship

Worth£3,000The Mathematical Sciences Scholarship is open to all students who choose to undertake any Mathematics degree programme in the Department of Mathematical Sciences.AnnualValue: £1,000How many: 10 new entrants each year For how many years: 3-years. MMaths

students will be eligible for four-years of funding. Students out on a work placement year will not receive an award for that year.

For full Application details, Eligibility criteria and Terms and Conditions, visit www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug/fees

Other forms of funding

Some students are able to get extra help towards their living costs over and above the loans, grants and bursaries described above. The following awards and allowances do not have to be paid back. Please check the Web for details.

• DisabledStudentsAllowance• TheSpecialSupportGrant• Studentsonprofessionalhealthcourses• SocialWorkstudents• Trainingasateacher• Studentswithdependants• Financialdifficultiesduringyourcourse

useful websites

Comprehensive information on the Government’s student finance package, including your portal to register and login to student finance online services www.direct.gov.uk/studentfinance

General information including help with budgeting and living costs www.ucas.com/students/studentfinance

Information and rent rates for Brunel’s campus accommodation www.brunel.ac.uk/life/accommodation

Local transport costs and Oyster card information www.tfl.gov.uk/tickets/oysteronline/ 2732.aspx

earning while you study

At Brunel, we understand that you may need to offset your university costs with part-time or vacation work. Our sandwich courses often involve paid placements, which also help you to command a higher salary after graduation.

brunel uniVersity financial support



Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Fees and

Fun

din

g

Paying your fees

Arrangements for the payment of tuition fees must be made at or before enrolment for each academic year. UK/EU students can pay in a single instalment at or before enrolment, or in six instalments between enrolment and March. Overseas students can pay in a single instalment at or before enrolment, orcanpay60%ofthebalanceatenrolmentand the remainder in January. For most students, full payment by the designated Registrationdatewillattracta2%discount.

There is no entitlement to any fee reduction or refund if a student withdraws during the year. The University may exceptionally allow refunds to self supporting students who withdraw during the first few weeks of their course.

The University reviews fees annually and reserves the right to change them.

Otherexpenses

The University reserves the right to make certain additional charges for items such as deposits on equipment, registration fees to external bodies, late registration fees, resit examination fees and charges for lost ID cards.

If you live off campus, you will also have other expenses such as Council Tax and bills, and you should take this into account when planning your finances.

sponsorship

If you are a sponsored student (ie you are sponsored by a company, organisation or charitable trust, not by family members, guardians or friends), a copy of the documents confirming your sponsorship should be presented before Registration and before re-enrolment each year. You will not need to submit a deposit for course fees (see right) if this information is supplied.

financial information

59

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

F

ees

and

Fu

nd

ing

Brunel university

Fees and Funding

Financial information for international students

Deposits

Applicants holding an unconditional offer can guarantee their place to a direct entry undergraduate course. A course fee deposit of £3,000 is required from all students and a £350 deposit to reserve accommodation.

Course fee deposits are non-refundable unless a visa application is refused and evidence can be provided. Accommodation deposits are also non-refundable unless notice in writing (email or fax) is given to the Accommodation Office seven days prior to the commencement of the tenancy agreement.

Overseas scholarships

A number of international scholarships have been awarded to overseas students in recent years and we hope to continue this scheme. Applications are only accepted from candidates holding an offer of a place, who will automatically receive further details.

Classifying students as ‘home’ or ‘overseas’

The University is responsible for classifying students as ‘home’ or ‘overseas’ for fee purposes. It must follow complex rules, and the following provides only an outline of those student groups who may be considered eligible for ‘home’ fee status, at the time of writing:

• UKresidentswithsettledstatusandthreeyears’ continuous ordinary residence;

• EUnationals(ortheirchildren)withthreeyears’ continuous residence in the EU;

• individualswithformalUKrefugeestatus or their spouses/children, who have been ordinarily resident since gaining such status;

• individualswhohavebeeninformedbytheHome Office that they have been granted exceptional leave to remain in the UK as a result of having applied for refugee status and of having that application rejected;

• UKresidentsandEUnationalstemporarily absent from the EU due to temporary employment overseas;

• studentsonreciprocalexchangeprogrammes.

The University reserves the right to make full and final decisions as to fee status at the time of application and Registration. The above is only a guide and applicants should not take it as forming any part of a contract with the University. This information and the legislation on which it is based may change from time to time, so applicants should not rely upon it. If you have any doubts about your likely fee status, you are strongly advised to contact the Admissions Office prior to taking up your place.

financial information


school of social sciences

Anthropology

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

An

thro

po

log

y

AnthropologyAnnual intake: 40

Why study Anthropology At Brunel?

★★ Anthropology at Brunel offers both conventional three‑year degrees and ‘thin‑sandwich’ four‑year degrees which include work placements.

★★ roughly half of our students spend their second work placement abroad, engaged in research in countries such as south Africa, Botswana, India and nepal. you can also take advantage of the opportunity offered by our membership of the erAsMus scheme to study at one of a number of continental european universities.

★★ Brunel Anthropology is home to internationally respected scholars and research groups. our areas of expertise include the anthropology of: health, disease and medicine; childhood and youth; education and learning; emotions, mind and consciousness. staff have conducted fieldwork in oceania, Africa, southeast Asia, the Indian subcontinent, south America and europe on such diverse themes as religion, witchcraft, disability, memory, sport, race and ecology. our exciting research allows us to deliver excellent teaching at the cutting edge of anthropology.

★★ As a result of the profession‑enhancing research experiences provided to students, Brunel Anthropology graduates have one of the best employment rates nationally.

Courses At A glAnCe

Anthropology Bsc .................................................................................... 62

Joint honours:

• AnthropologyandSociologyBSc ...................................... 62, 192

• PsychologyandAnthropologyBSc ................................... 62, 186B

ru

nel

un

iver

sit

y

An

thro

po

log

y

61Brunel university

www.brunel.ac.uk/courses

Craig spent four months in Nepal on his f irs t work placement

i still remember the day i flew to nepal, dreading the unknown. now a year on, i wouldn’t have changed a thing.

During my placement i dealt with various things from helping street children to working with young monks on a health programme.

it was hard at times, and a steep learning curve. seeing abject poverty not on a tv screen but as part of my daily experience will stay with me for life.

Being able to turn your mobile off and realise that you don’t need it is a strange but awesome thing. i think a placement should be about opening doors and opening your eyes to the endless possibilities that the world has to offer you.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

An

thro

po

log

y

62ContACt

Dr James stapler, Admissions tutortel: +44 (0)1895 265952 email: [email protected]

Anthropology BSc

Check the Web for up-to-date course, entry criteria and fees information.

ABout the Course

Anthropology offers a unique and powerful means for understanding cultural and social diversity in the modern world. It is concerned with contemporary issues such as multiculturalism, identity politics, racism and ethnic nationalism, changing forms of the family, religious conflict, gender, and the political role of culture. It also addresses perennial questions about human nature such as, ‘What do we have in common with each other cross‑culturally?’ and ‘What makes us different?’

Anthropology is the most outward‑looking and cosmopolitan of the social sciences, its subject being the documentation and explanation of cultural diversity. At Brunel we also apply the ideas of anthropology to practical issues, particularly in the field of medical anthropology and in the analysis of cultural processes in Britain and europe as a whole.

our staff have carried out fieldwork in oceania, Africa, southeast Asia, the Indian subcontinent, south America, Britain and other parts of europe, and our teaching scope is genuinely worldwide.

Course Content

level 1 (year 1)

students will receive a broad introduction to the central themes of anthropology. students doing the four‑year degree will also embark on their first work placement.

level 1 Core

• IntroductiontoAnthropology: themes

• IntroductiontoAnthropology: Institutions and Beliefs

• Anthropologythrough Film

• DimensionsofEthnography

• IntroductiontoSocialand Cultural research

• Individualandsocial processes

• Firstworkplacement(four‑year degree only) – June‑december

level 2 (year 2/3)

students take modules in anthropology and research methods, along with an option in sociology. those doing the four‑year degree also embark on their second work placement. typical modules:

level 2 Core

• Ethnicity,Identityand Culture

• IssuesinSocialAnthropology

• HistoryandTheoryofsocial Anthropology

• SexandGender

entry CriteriA

gCe A-level BBB (general studies/Critical thinking accepted).

Advanced Diploma progression diploma grade B in society, health and development plus a B at A‑level for Additional and specialist learning.

BteC level 3 extended Diploma ddd in a related subject.

iBDp 32 points.

Access pass, including at least 50% of units with Merit or distinction.

For all of the above, 5 gCses or equivalent at grade C or above are also required, to include english and Maths (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your uCAs application).

MoDe oF stuDy/uCAs CoDes

ANTHROPOLOGY BScL601 3‑yeArs Full‑tIMe L602 4‑yeArs thIn‑sAndWICh

ANTHROPOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY BScLL6H 3‑yeArs Full‑tIMe LL63 4‑yeArs thIn‑sAndWICh

PSYCHOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY BScLC68 3‑yeArs Full‑tIMe LC6V 4‑yeArs thIn‑sAndWICh

• EthnographyoftheContemporary World

• Secondworkplacement–January‑september of year 3 (four‑year degree only)

level 3 (year 3/4)

students take advanced options in anthropology, which are based on regional expertise from Africa, south and southeast Asia, oceania, europe and latin America.

level 3 optional

• AnthropologyoftheBody

• AnthropologyofChildhood and youth

• Anthropologyofeducation and learning

• ThemesinPsychologicaland psychiatric Anthropology

• Anthropologyofthe person

• Anthropologyofglobal health

• AnthropologyofDisabilityand difference

• KinshipandNewdirections in Anthropology

• AnthropologyofBiomedicine and psychiatry

• MedicalAnthropologyin Clinical and Community settings

• AnthropologyofInternational development

DissertAtion

All students write a 10,000 word dissertation in their final year (which, on four‑year degrees, usually combines with the second work placement). this is on a topic of your choice.

typical Dissertation topics

• ANewAgeSettlerColony in south India

• TheEffectivenessofAIDSeducation programmes

• TheRoleofIndigenoushealers in a south African Village

• MigrationandSocialInvestment in a Mexican Village

• ExploringModernurban paganism

teAChing AnD AssessMent

you will be taught through lectures, tutorials, workshops and seminars with one‑to‑one supervision in your final year project. Methods of assessment vary and depends on which modules you select. some courses are assessed on coursework only, some by (seen or unseen) examination, and some by a combination of the two.

eMployABility

Anthropology at Brunel is virtually unique because it offers both a conventional three‑year degree and a ‘thin‑sandwich’, four‑year degree which involves two six‑month work placements, (shorter if unpaid). students gain experience and contacts vital for future employment in a world that increasingly expects job candidates to offer something more than a degree certificate.

over half our students carry out a placement or fieldwork abroad, in places such as India, nepal, Australia, southern Africa, papua new guinea and Jamaica.

RecentUKplacementdestinations include the BBC, the Foreign office, the Campaign for press and Broadcasting Freedom, Amnesty International and the department of health.

plACeMents

this three‑year course is also available as a four‑year sandwich (with professional development) course offering high‑quality work placements which will help you to succeed in the competitive job market. students who complete the thin‑sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with professional development’.

CAreers

Anthropology students can go on to pursue both private and public sector careers including work with governmental organisations such as the united nations and with non‑governmental organisations (ngos) such as save the Children and oxfam. others now work as teachers, journalists and research officers in the health and social sectors, and in other professions requiring knowledge of social and cultural processes. some pursue further research degrees in anthropology and become academic anthropologists.

Anthropology BA Joint honours

you will select modules from those offered by each of the two subjects. Check the course page on the Web for more detailed information on the joint honours course.

Anthropology and sociology Bsc

gCe A-level BBB. refer to sociology page 192.

psychology and Anthropology Bsc

gCe A-level BBB. refer to psychology page 186.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

A

nth

rop

olo

gy

Brunel university

www.brunel.ac.uk/courses 63


school of Arts

Arts

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Arts

Rober t s tudied a joint honours degree in English and Film & Television Studies

During my course i took advantage of the many facilities and opportunities on offer to Brunel students. the library is a constant source of fascinating reading material, both course-related and extra-curricular. the guest lecture series’ and external conferences that Brunel has links with helped build my knowledge and perfectly complimented the excellent academic experience offered by Brunel’s lecturers.

During my first year i co-founded the Brunel Cult Film society, of which i am still President. the society has proved to be massively popular and our membership is constantly growing with friendly students eager to engage with the world of alternative cinema.

By doing a joint honours degree i was given real flexibility and was able to choose almost every module i took. i really appreciated the ability to be completely independent in the choices i made, and believe that this freedom of choice aided me in achieving a First, as it meant i could study and write about what i found interesting.

i am now studying Brunel’s english literature MA which, academically, is certainly the most engaging and exciting endeavour i have ever undertaken.

Choosing your university is one of most important decisions you will ever make, Brunel was the right choice for me and it has allowed me to grow and develop both academically and socially. it can do the same for you.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

A

rts

65Brunel university


ArtsAnnual intake: 345

Why study Arts At Brunel?

★★ there is a vibrant student performance culture on campus. the university hosts weekly recitals and concerts, and our new Arts@Artaud series showcases performance work by students, staff and visiting artists in the newly refurbished surroundings of the Artaud Performance Centre.

★★ Journalism students benefit from a weekly guest speaker series featuring journalists as well as important figures in the news. Creative Writing students regularly participate in the school’s guest author events.

★★ We encourage students to participate in all extra-curricular arts activities, and to take advantage of the classes, courses, exhibitions and concerts run by the university’s Arts Centre.

★★ the university is within reach of london with its West end theatres, the British newspaper library, and museums and other research centres of national and international importance.

★★ the present ‘Artists in Association’ are: Piano Circus, Apartment house, leafcutter John.

COurses At A GlAnCe

Creative Writing BA ................................................................................. 66

Creative Writing BA Joint honours ........................................................ 66

english BA ................................................................................................. 68

english BA Joint honours ........................................................................ 68

Film and television studies BA ............................................................... 70

Film and television studies BA Joint honours ...................................... 70

Games design BA Joint honours ............................................................ 72

Journalism BA (nCtJ Accredited) ............................................................74

Music BA ................................................................................................... 76

Musical Composition BMus ..................................................................... 78

Musical Performance BMus .................................................................... 80

sonic Arts BA ............................................................................................ 82

sonic Arts Joint honours ......................................................................... 82

theatre BA .............................................................................................. 84

theatre BA Joint honours ...................................................................... 84

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Arts

66COntACt

Max Kinnings, Admissions tutortel: +44 (0)1895 267769email: [email protected]

Creative Writing BA


ABOut the COurse

the creative writing programme at Brunel is one of the oldest-established in the uK, and is taught by an uniquely qualified teaching staff fully active in the fields of literature, film, journalism, academia and new media. you will work within a vibrant academic discipline that specialises in contemporary literature and culture, and be part of a school dedicated to the contemporary arts. We are a forward-thinking, industry-focused course that will help you achieve the best from yourself.

Whether you’re interested in travel writing, journalism, comedy screenwriting, the short story or the contemporary novel, Brunel has a wide range of staff who regularly produce bestselling novels, screenplays for major movies or journalism for the best of the British and international press. Combining this expertise with a supportive environment for students looking to break into writing, the Brunel Creative Writing BA is undoubtedly among the best in the country.

this course will give you a secure foundation in the techniques of writing fiction, drama and poetry, and introduce you to the idea of writing as a profession.

tyPiCAl MODules

level 1

• ThinkingAboutLiterature

• EnglishinEvolution

• IntroductiontoWriting Fiction

• IntroductiontoWriting drama

level 2

• IntroductiontoWriting Poetry

• WritingtheShortStory

• WritingJournalism

• Screenwriting

• WritingtheJourney

level 3

• MajorProjectordissertation

• WritingModernFiction

• WritingComedy

• MinorProjectordissertation

• CreativeWritingandtheCreativeIndustries

• WritingModernDrama

teAChinG AnD AssessMent

the course is taught by highly qualified staff who are actively engaged in research, scholarship or relevant professional practice. you will be taught through various methods such as lectures, tutorials, workshops and seminars. you will receive one-to-one supervision in your final year project.

entry CriteriA

GCe A-level BBB, including Grade B in english language or literature (General studies/Critical thinking accepted).

Advanced Diploma Progression diploma Grade B in Creative and Media, including A-level english language or literature at Grade B for Additional and specialist learning. extended project in a related subject preferred.


iBDP 32 points.

Access Pass in a related subject

For all of the above, 5 GCses or equivalent at Grade C or above are also required, to include english and Maths (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your uCAs application).

MODe OF stuDy/uCAs CODes

CREATIVE WRITING BAW800 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME;

4.5-6-yEArSPArT-TIME

ENGLISH AND CREATIVE WRITING BAQ3W8 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME;


GAMES DESIGN AND CREATIVE WRITING BAWW28 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME;


THEATRE AND CREATIVE WRITING BAW4WW 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME;


Assessment is by a combination of essays, projects, presentations, audiovisual production and examination.

eMPlOyABility

the mastery of language and the ability to research topics, process information and express ideas, all of which Creative Writing confers, are workplace skills which are highly valued by employers in many fields.

CAreers

this course is an ideal foundation for those wanting to move directly into the writing professions or the creative industries, and has been designed to develop confidence, skills and awareness in those who opt to follow one of our career-focused MA programmes.

We work closely with agents, publishers, producers and other key industry professionals, not only to give you the best opportunity to understand the industries through which your writing will reach its audience but also to give you the best introduction to the writing professions through the career-focused Creative Writing and the CreativeIndustriesmodule.

Graduates have also moved into publishing, journalism, advertising, television, films, business writing, public relations and teaching. Past students have gone on to work in companies such as the BBC and universal studios, as well as publishing novels, having plays produced and screenwriting.

CreAtive WritinG BA JOint hOnOurs


english and Creative Writing BA

GCe A-level BBB, including Grade B in english language or literature. refer to english, page 68.

Games Design and Creative Writing BA

GCe A-level BBB, including Grade B in english language or literature. refer to Games design, page 72.

theatre and Creative Writing BA

GCe A-level BBB, including Grade B in theatre studies, drama or Performing Arts and Grade B in english language or literature. refer to theatre, page 84.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

A

rts

Brunel university


Benjamin Zephaniah takes up Chair of Creative Writ ing

Benjamin Zephaniah, one of Britain’s most influential poets, has taken up his first ever academic position as a chair of Creative Writing at Brunel.

Zephaniah, who has performed poetry since he was just 10 years old and who published his first book of poetry by the age of 22, was voted the nation’s third favourite poet of all time in 2009 (after t s eliot and John Donne) and featured in The Times’ list of top 50 post-war writers. he is now hoping to “make Brunel known for performance poetry”, and is set to develop a new method of teaching creative writing to students at Brunel.

he explains: “it’s about sharing my knowledge and inspiring people. i’ve met a lot of students so far who are writing and trying to find their voice; one student came to me with a poem that he’d recorded, not written, so i helped him to see that it’s alright to say, ‘that’s how i heard it.’”

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Arts

68COntACt

Wendy Knepper and rose Atfield, Admissions tutorstel: +44 (0)1895 266554 / +44 (0)1895 266558 email: [email protected]

English BA

Check the Web for up-to-date course, entry requirements and fees information.

ABOut the COurse

storytelling is a fundamental human activity. every day we exchange jokes and anecdotes, and the important events in our lives need to be told and retold many times over before they achieve the pattern and polish to become the ‘story of our lives’. We tell and read stories for pleasure and information, but we also read to gain a better understanding of ourselves and the world around us.

the BA in english spans everything from shakespeare to Zadie smith, emily Bronte to eminem. traditional modules run alongside more innovative options covering areas such as fairytales, postmodernism, popular literature, south Asian writing, women’s writing, experimental literatures and digital technologies.

Our courses are designed to develop your ability to read texts in increasingly complex and diverse ways. We explore literature by looking at its structures and forms as well as the varying contexts in which it is produced and read. We examine the relations between writer, text and reader and interrogate the ways in which contexts shape and affect interpretation of varieties of texts.

COurse COntent

At level 1, you are introduced to the study of english through a number of modules that allow you to become acquainted with various approaches to studying literature.

At level 2, you will study some period-based modules.

At level 3, you can choose from a wide range of modules that are research-led by experts in the field.

tyPiCAl MODules

year 1

• ShakespeareandhisContemporaries

• ApproachestoPoetry and Prose

• Approachestodramatic text

• ThinkingaboutLiterature

• IntroductiontoWriting Fiction

• PopularFictions

year 2

• The19thCenturyNovel

• Shakespeare:Textand Performance

• TheWomen’sMovement

• PostcolonialWriting

• Modernism

• romanticismandrevolution

entry CriteriA

GCe A-level BBB, including Grade B in english literature (General studies/Critical thinking accepted).

Advanced Diploma Progression diploma Grade B in Creative and Media or a level 3 diploma in a related subject, including A-level english literature at Grade B for Additional and specialist learning. extended project in a related subject preferred.


BteC level 3 Diploma + A-level in english literature dd B

iBDP 32 points.

Access Pass in a related subject.



ENGLISH BAQ300 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME;


ENGLISH AND CREATIVE WRITING BAQ3W8 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME;


ENGLISH AND FILM AND TELEVISION STUDIES BAQ3W6 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME;


GAMES DESIGN AND ENGLISH BAWQ23 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME;


THEATRE AND ENGLISH BAWQ43 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME;


Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

A

rts

Brunel university


year 3

• SpecialProject

• Therenaissance

• CriticalPerspectives:historical Perspectives

• CriticalPerspectives:Contemporary Perspectives

• Shakespeare:Thereturn of the Author

• PostcolonialPerspectives

• VictorianLiteratureand Culture

• WritingIreland

• SingleAuthorStudy:seamus heaney

• TheAfrican-American novel

• Post-WarandLatetwentieth Century Literature,1945-2001

• Post-MillennialFiction,2000 to the Present

• TheMuslimWorldinEarlyModern english literature


the course is taught by highly qualified staff who are actively engaged in research, scholarship or relevant professional practice. you will be taught through various methods such as lectures, tutorials, workshops and seminars. you will receive one-to-one supervision in your final year project.

each subject employs a wide range of assessment methods. these include coursework, individual and group projects, oral presentations, practical work and written examinations.

eMPlOyABility

english is particularly good at developing the transferable personal skills that employers prize in graduates. the degree emphasises imagination, independence of thought and intellectual flexibility. emphasis is placed on both acquisition of knowledge and analytical skills and your ability to manage your own learning, and develop personal and collaborative communication skills.

CAreers

After graduation, students may enter one of the professions associated with english, such as journalism, publishing, advertising, teaching, the civil service or the media, but our students fit just as easily into many other career environments. From the outset we help you to develop career options based on interests and skills. the school also offers an optional work experience module in the final year.

Our graduates have gone on to work in companies such as the BBC and universal studios.

JOint hOnOurs


english and Creative Writing BA

GCe A-level BBB, including Grade B in english language or literature. refer to Creative Writing, page 66.

english and Film and television studies BA

GCe A-level BBB, including Grade B in english literature. refer to Film and television studies, page 70.

Games Design and english BA

GCe A-level BBB, including Grade B in english language. refer to Games design, page 72.

theatre and english BA

GCe A-level BBB, including Grade B in theatre studies, drama or Performing Arts and Grade B in english literature. refer to theatre, page 84.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Arts

70COntACt

Xavier Mendik, Admissions tutortel: +44 (0)1895 266879 email: [email protected]

Film and Television Studies BA


ABOut the COurse

this is an innovative and flexible course which enables you to explore a range of film and television forms and the social and industrial contexts in which they are produced and consumed. you will develop the critical and technological vocabularies and theoretical frameworks necessary to analyse film and television texts and contexts.

up to 40% of your programme can come from practical modules and we have benefited from new investment in cameras, editing suites with Avid and Final Cut Pro software programmes and dedicated teaching space. We also have excellent technical support for these facilities.

By bringing together theory and practice, our programme encourages you to develop critical perspectives on the creation of meaning and to reflect analytically on your practical work. the programme also offers work placements that can provide you with vital experience and contacts, in a wide range of film and other media contexts ranging from production, distribution and exhibition companies to activities such as public relations, marketing and consultancy.

COurse COntent

Major approaches to film and television offered on this course include close examination of films and television programmes – how they are shot or edited, for example – to understand the particular ways in which these media work and create meanings.

All final-year students are required to complete a dissertation/project under the supervision of a member of the teaching team. this may take the form of a practice-based project with an accompanying analysis or a written piece on a subject of your choice. you will also be encouraged to prepare yourself for the job market by taking our dedicated work-experience module.

tyPiCAl MODules

level 1

• FilmStyle

• FilmTheoryandPractice

• CriticalMethodologies

• TelevisionGenres

• AcademicPractice

• CrimeFictions

level 2

• VideoProduction

• TV:FormsandMeanings

• ScienceFictions

entry CriteriA

GCe A-level BBB (General studies/Critical thinking accepted).

Advanced Diploma Progression diploma Grade B in Creative and Media plus an A-level at Grade B for Additional and specialist learning.


iBDP 32 points.




FILM AND TELEVISION STUDIES BAW620 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME;


ENGLISH AND FILM AND TELEVISION STUDIES BAQ3W6 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME;


GAMES DESIGN AND FILM AND TELEVISION STUDIES BAWW26 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME;4.5

-6-yEArSPArT-TIME

THEATRE AND FILM AND TELEVISION STUDIES BAWW46 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME;


• NewHollywoodCinema

• TheWestern

• EuropeanCinema

• TheorisingCelebrity

• AsianCinemas

• Screenwriting

level 3

• Project(Practicalortheory-based)

• Documentary:Theoryand Practice

• GenderandSexuality

• PoliticalCinema

• AlternativeFilmandVideoProduction

• Horror

• AmericanIndependentCinema

• MediaFreedomand regulation

• FilmProductionand distribution

• WorkExperience

• HongKongCinema


you will be taught using a combination of lectures, seminars, class screenings, workshops and tutorials. level 1 does not count towards your final degree mark but you have to pass this level to continue with the course. level 2 is worth a third, and level 3 is worth the rest. the final year project is worth a third of level 3 marks. Assessment is by a variety of methods, including essays, projects, presentations, audiovisual production and ‘seen’ exams.

eMPlOyABility

We are committed to equipping you with skills and experience for the jobs market. We have an extensive range of contacts in film and television production, distribution and exhibition in london, as well as in media public relations and marketing. We are often approached by media companies looking for students to help out on specific projects and you will be encouraged to seek out work experience throughout your three years on the programme. All final year students are offered the opportunity to take a dedicated work experience module that involves a period of industry placement.

CAreers

Our graduates have taken up posts in the film and television industries and in other fields such as journalism, publishing, research, critical writing, arts administration and programming. Our programme also provides a good basis for postgraduate study and the pursuit of higher qualifications in both theoretical and practical areas.

Past students have gone on to work for companies including the BBC, Granada television and ridley scott Associates in roles as diverse as casting agents, researchers, production assistants and film officers.

JOint hOnOurs


english and Film and television studies BA

GCe A-level BBB, including Grade B in english literature. refer to english, page 68.

Games Design and Film and television studies BA

GCe A-level BBB (General studies/Critical thinking accepted). refer to Games design, page 72.

theatre and Film and television studies BA

GCe A-level BBB, including Grade B in theatre studies, drama or Performing Arts. refer to theatre, page 84.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

A

rts

Brunel university


Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Arts

72COntACt

Douglas Brown, subject leadertel: +44 (0)1895 267893 email: [email protected]

Games Design BA Joint Honours

ABOut the COurse

this joint honours programme is aimed at students who want to develop a comprehensive understanding of the factors which shape the games industry and the techniques and principles used in the design of games. taught by a team who specialise in research into the theoretical analysis of digital games or who are professionals in the games design industry, this degree will introduce you to ideas and practices at the forefront of game studies and game design. your second subject will also provide ideas and concepts that you can use in your study and design of games.

COurse COntent

theory modules will develop your analytical understanding of the cultural and social significance and contexts of games. design modules will aid your ability to produce creative, realisable strategies in relation to set briefs. Application modules will provide you with comprehensive knowledge of the communication skills currently used in industry, including presentation and prototyping skills. At each level, you will also study core and optional modules from your chosen second subject.

tyPiCAl MODules

level 1

• Theory1:‘reading’games– methods for, and practice of, analysing the formal components of games

• Design1:Introductionto game design – practical exercises, working to set briefs

• Application1:methodsfor, and practice of, communicating design concepts and ideas


level 2

• Theory2:Approachesto analysing games and players

• Design2:Largegamedesign projects, working to a brief

• Application2:Prototypinggame designs and understanding the games industry

level 3

• Theory3:Socio-culturalcontexts – analysing the social and cultural implications of games

At level 3, you will also complete a project or projects covering both Games design and your chosen second subject. this work may be design or theory based.

entry CriteriA


Advanced Diploma Progression diploma Grade B in Creative and Media, plus an A-level at Grade B for Additional and specialist learning.


iBDP 32 points.



experience with music or sound processing software applications is desirable.


GAMES DESIGN AND CREATIVE WRITING BAWW28 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME;


GAMES DESIGN AND ENGLISH BAWQ23 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME;


GAMES DESIGN AND SONIC ARTS BAWW2H 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME;


GAMES DESIGN AND FILM AND TELEVISION STUDIES BAWW26 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME;


THEATRE AND GAMES DESIGN BAWW42 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME;



lectures, workshops, seminars, play sessions and tutorials will provide you with different ways of engaging with materials. the programme’s online discussion forum aids in the development of knowledge. Practical work is assessed by exercises and projects throughout the programme, some of which are carried out in groups. Written essays which accompany projects require evaluation of your own work using a range of theoretical and critical tools.

eMPlOyABility

you will acquire core transferable skills in effective communication, leadership, self-management, initiative and personal responsibility.

CAreers

the course will prepare you for a career in the digital games industry or allow specialisation within the field of digital games in combination with your chosen second subject.

Games Design and Creative Writing BA

GCe A-level BBB, including Grade B in english language or literature. refer to Creative Writing, page 66.

Games Design and english BA

GCe A-level BBB, including Grade B in english literature. refer to english, page 68.

Games Design and sonic Arts BA

GCe A-level BBB including Grade B in Music. refer to sonic Arts, page 82.

Games Design and Film and television studies BA

GCe A-level BBB (General studies/Critical thinking accepted). refer to Film and television studies, page 70

theatre and Games Design BA

GCe A-level BBB, including Grade B in theatre studies, drama or Performing Arts. refer to theatre, page 84.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

A

rts

Brunel university


in 2009, Games Design at Brunel was shortlisted from over 600 entries for the Times Higher Education (THE) ‘excellence and innovation in the Arts’ Award. the achievement reflects the inventive and engaging teaching methods employed within the subject area, led by Professor tanya Krzywinska.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Arts

74COntACt

Murray Dick or Benedetta Brevini, Admissions tutorstel: +44 (0)1895 265502 or 267273 email: [email protected]

Journalism BA (NCTJ Accredited)


ABOut the COurse

this programme offers an ideal launch-pad for anyone hoping to embark on a career in journalism in the digital age. We offer rigorous and demanding training in news writing, teeline shorthand, public affairs and law, plus a work placement. you will also learn how to edit and package for a range of journalism formats with an emphasis on cross-media platforms and hand-held technology. Complementing practical and contextual skills will be a deeper interrogation of ethical, historical and theoretical debates about journalism.

A hallmark of our delivery is our close association with the national Council for the training of Journalists, who accredit our programme. We will be delivering essential nCtJ training alongside broader contextual and critical elements to ensure you are best placed to navigate your way through this dynamic and demanding craft.

PrOFessiOnAl ACCreDitAtiOn

the course is accredited by the national Council for the training of Journalists (nCtJ).

COurse COntent

At level One, you will gain essential skills in news writing, reporting, shorthand and radio journalism as you learn about the history of the craft of journalism and about the workings of uK central government, the european union and international institutions. you will learn about and get practical experience in reporting, news production and feature writing.

At level two, you will learn about law and the media/court reporting, and will interrogate the workings of local government. On a practical level, you will learn how to put together video reports and develop video journalism skills. you will do this against a backdrop of critical work around the theories of journalism.

At level three, you will undertake major pieces of self-directed journalism and a dissertation, as well as working on a multimedia group journalism project. you will also develop skills in online journalism and gain real-world journalism experience on a placement.

entry CriteriA

GCe A-level BBB including a B in one of the following subjects english, history, economics, sociology, Politics, Psychology, Geography, Business studies, Philosophy, law or religious studies indicating critical analysis and communication skills.

Advanced Diploma Progression diploma Grade B in Creative and Media or Public services, plus an A-level at Grade B for Additional and specialist learning in one of the subjects listed under A-levels.


iBDP 32 points including hl Grade 6 in one of the subjects listed under A-level entry.

Access Pass in a related subject with 33 level 3 credits passed with distinction which must include all journalism units passed with distinction.


All candidates are required to attend an interview and take a university test for entry on this course.


P500 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME

tyPiCAl MODules

level 1


• NewsWriting

• Newsreportingand Production

• HistoryofJournalism

• radioJournalism

• uK,EuropeanandGlobalInstitutions

level 2

• CrimeandCourtsin the news

• DataGatheringfor Journalists

• VideoJournalism

• reportinguKLocalGovernment

• MagazineJournalism

• TheoriesofJournalism

level 3

• OnlineEntrepreneurship

• LawandtheMedia

• MajorGroupJournalism Project

• AnalysisofWorkexperience

• JournalismDissertation


you will learn the fundamental skills of journalism in our new state-of-the art multi-platform digital newsroom and broadcast facilities, using industry standard hardware and software. you will be taught by experienced senior journalists with a strong track record in training and education. you will be assessed in a range of ways including practical work, essays, presentations, exams and reflective reports.

eMPlOyABility

Our undergraduate programmes are designed to sharpen creative and analytical skills and develop confidence in working in teams and in problem-solving techniques. Aside from careers in journalism, employment in other sectors such as communications, public relations, policy, production, business and the non-governmental and charity sectors is also highly achievable due to the transferable nature of the skills and knowledge provided.

CAreers

Many of our graduates will be seeking first jobs in journalism, primarily in the local and regional sector in print/online and/or broadcasting. the programme will also cater for candidates seeking to enter the burgeoning periodical sector. B

ru

nel

un

iver

sit

y

Art

s

Brunel university


Kelly graduated in 2010 and is now an intern magazine journalis t.

For me, Brunel was so much more than just a learning environment. it was a perfect place for me to gain an insight into exactly what i wanted to do with my life. Whilst studying and writing for the university magazine, i decided i wanted to be a magazine journalist, and with the guidance of my lecturers, i completed work experience at a variety of national publications whilst continuing to study.

now that i have graduated, i am currently at The Times working within their fashion department, and i am excited to be interning next at Vogue. All of my internships have been exciting, rewarding and challenging, and my advice to future students would be to gain as much experience as possible. A degree is essential, but gaining skills to stand out from the crowd and demonstrating that you’re taking steps in the career you want to follow are invaluable.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Arts

76COntACt

Colin riley, Admissions tutortel: +44 (0)1895 266582 email: [email protected]

Music BA


ABOut the COurse

this programme is designed for students who wish to focus on the academic study of music, while still retaining the freedom to pursue composition, performance, and interests outside of music.

Itprovidesathoroughknowledge of the development of Western music in the 20th and 21st centuries, informed by a broad understanding of earliermusichistory.Itintroduces the important methods of analysis commonly applied to music of this period, as well as ideas in aesthetics, music sociology, music psychology and critical theory.

Brunel’s school of Arts and Arts Centre have a strong tradition of practical music-making and there are a number of ensembles that you can participate in, including the new Music ensemble, Jazzbridge, BrunelVoxandNewNoise.the Arts Centre holds regular lunchtime and evening concerts featuring visiting performers, music students and staff.

COurse COntent

the degree course is modular. each module is worth 20 credits and you must complete 120 credits for each year of your degree programme. you will have a wide range of modules from which to choose and you can specialise in areas that particularly interest you. the final year project requires you to carry out in-depth research on any related topic of particular interest to you.

tyPiCAl MODules

level 1 Core


• Musicianship

• Musicsince1900:themes and Contexts

level 1 Options

• IntroductiontoSonicArts

• PrinciplesofMusicalComposition

• PrinciplesofPerformance Practice

• SonicArtsComputingI

• CurrentsinElectronicMusic

level 2 Core

• MusicandPerception

• Musicsince1900:experiment and tradition

entry CriteriA

All candidates without either A-level Music at Grade B or equivalent or Grade 8 ABrsM, lCMM or trinity College will be required to pass a brief entrance test, details of which will be provided upon application.

GCe A-level BBB including Music. Where applicant has grade 8 ABrsM, Guildhall, lCMM or trinity in an instrument or voice, A level offer will be BCC. BteC ddM

Advanced Diploma Progression diploma Grade B in Creative and Media plus Grade B at A-level for Additional and specialist learning.

iBDP 32 points.

BteC level 3 extended Diploma ddd. All BteC candidates will be required to pass the Brunel Music entrance test, details of which will be provided upon application.


Practical ABrsM, Guildhall, lCMM or trinity Grade 8 in an instrument or voice is normally required for performance modules. Other applicants will be considered on an individual basis. Applicants without Grade 8 may be asked to attend an interview and/or audition.



W300 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME; 4.5-6-yEArSPArT-TIME

level 2 Options

• SonicArtsProject

• Conductingandrealisation

• Improvisation

• InstrumentationandOrchestration

• CompositionforSoloist

• ContemporaryPerformanceII

• PopularMusicPractice

• LivePerformanceand electronics

level 3 Core

• Musicsince1900:Modernism and Postmodernism

• SpecialProject

• SpecialTopic

your special project may take the form of a lecture-recital, a dissertation on a chosen topic or an extended original composition.

level 3 Options

• OrchestralandEnsembleComposition

• AdvancedImprovisation

• ExploringPopularMusic

• MusicJournalism


the music staff includes some of the country’s leading composers and performers, with teaching and research strengths in composition, performance, musicology and socio-critical musicology. Modules on the course reflect the expertise of the staff and focus on technique and interpretation in contemporary music performance, as well

as relevant cultural and historical issues. Assessment methods include coursework, projects, oral presentations, practical work and some written examinations. the ratio of exam to coursework is approximately 30:70.

eMPlOyABility

Brunel’s music courses help develop a wide range of vocational, collaborative and transferable skills that are highly attractive to employers in industry and commerce. students have the opportunity, for example, to developITabilityandhighlysought-after presentation and communications skills.

CAreers

A high proportion of our Music graduates have either progressed to postgraduate study at a university or conservatoire or have entered the music profession as performers, composers, teachers and technicians. Others have entered arts administration, publishing, the media and management. Graduates have gone on to work for prestigious companies such as universal (decca) and the english national Opera.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

A

rts

Brunel university


MusiC-MAKinG At Brunel

Brunel’s school of Arts and Arts Centre have a strong tradition of practical music-making and there are a number of ensembles that you can participate in, including the new Music ensemble, Jazzbridge, Brunel vox and new noise. the Arts Centre holds regular lunchtime and evening concerts featuring visiting performers, music students and staff.

Music at Brunel also has associations with Apartment house, leafcutter John and Piano Circus.

PrACtiCAl MusiC entry CriteriA

All candidates without either A-level Music at Grade C or equivalent or Grade 8 ABrsM, lCMM or trinity College will be required to pass a brief entrance test, details of which will be provided upon application

ABrsM, Guildhall, lCMM or trinity Grade 8 in an instrument or voice is normally required for performance modules. Other applicants will be considered on an individual basis. Applicants without Grade 8 may be asked to attend an interview and/or audition

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Arts

78COntACt


Musical Composition BMus


ABOut the COurse

this programme is aimed at students who wish to study musical composition to an advancedlevel.Itprovidesa grounding in the main compositional techniques of the 20th and 21st centuries, and helps you to use this understanding in your original work. you will also gain an understanding of significant developments in music from Modernism onwards, and of the broader currents in music history which led to these developments. there are regular opportunities to hear your work played, and options in performance and music technology are available.

Brunel’s school of Arts and Arts Centre have a strong tradition of practical music-making and there are a number of ensembles that you can participate in, including the new Music ensemble, Jazzbridge, Brunel VoxandNewNoise.TheArts Centre holds regular lunchtime and evening concerts featuring visiting performers, music students and staff. Music at Brunel also has associations with the london Contemporary Orchestra and Piano Circus.

COurse COntent


tyPiCAl MODules

level 1 Core


• Musicianship



level 1 Options





level 2 Core




entry CriteriA




iBDP 32 points.






W302 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME; 4.5-6yEArSPArT-TIME

level 2 Options


• Improvisation


• CompositionforSoloist(s)




level 3 Core


• SpecialProject


level 3 Options

• SpecialTopic



• MusicJournalism


the music staff includes some of the country’s leading composers and performers, with teaching and research strengths in composition (both acoustic and studio-based), performance, musicology and socio-critical musicology. Modules on the course reflect the expertise of the staff and focus on technique and interpretation in contemporary music performance, as well as relevant cultural and historical issues. each subject employs a wide range of assessment methods including coursework, individual and group projects, oral presentations, practical work and some written examinations.

eMPlOyABility

Brunel’s music courses help develop a wide range of vocational, collaborative and transferable skills that are highly attractive to employers in industry and commerce. students have the opportunity, for example, to developITabilityandhighlysought-after presentation and communications skills during the course. Our undergraduate programmes are designed to sharpen creative and analytical skills and develop confidence in working in teams and in problem-solving techniques.

CAreers


Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

A

rts

Brunel university


Brunel has an unequalled concentration of contemporary music practitioners of national and international reputation, including the composers John Croft, Carl Faia, Christopher Fox, harald Muenz, Colin riley, Jennifer Walshe and Peter Wiegold (pictured directing the new noise group), the pianist sarah nicolls, the jazz musician Frank Griffith, and the musicologist Bob Gilmore.

the presence of associate artists and ensembles including Apartment house, leafcutter John and Piano Circus provides an incomparable resource that few institutions can match.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Arts

80COntACt


Musical Performance BMus


ABOut the COurse

this programme is designed for performers on any instrument or voice who have a special interest in recent and 20th century music.Itwillhelpyouto develop sensitive and imaginative approaches to musical performance, and will help you to inform your performance with an awareness of the historical and social context in which the music was written.

Instrumentaltuitionisprovided, and many options, such as music technology and composition, are available.

Brunel’s school of Arts and Arts Centre have a strong tradition of practical music-making and there are a number of ensembles that you can participate in, including the new Music ensemble, Jazzbridge, Brunel VoxandNewNoise.TheArts Centre holds regular lunchtime and evening concerts featuring visiting performers, music students and staff. Music at Brunel also has associations with Apartment house, leafcutter John and Piano Circus.

COurse COntent


tyPiCAl MODules


• Musicianship



level 1 Options





level 2 Core



• Solorepertoiredevelopment

entry CriteriA




iBDP 32 points.






W312 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME; 4.5-6yEArSPArT-TIME

level 2 Options



• Improvisation


• CompositionforSoloist(s)




level 3 Core


• SpecialProject

• ExtendedSoloPerformance

level 3 Options




• SpecialTopic

• MusicJournalism


the music staff includes some of the country’s leading composers and performers, with teaching and research strengths in composition (both acoustic and studio-based), performance, musicology and socio-critical musicology. Modules on the course reflect the expertise of the staff and focus on technique and interpretation in contemporary music performance, as well

as relevant cultural and historical issues. each subject employs a wide range of assessment methods including coursework, individual and group projects, oral presentations, practical work and some written examinations.

eMPlOyABility

Brunel’s music courses help develop a wide range of vocational, collaborative and transferable skills that are highly attractive to employers in industry and commerce. students have the opportunity, for example, to developITabilityandhighlysought-after presentation and communications skills during the course. Our undergraduate programmes are designed to sharpen creative and analytical skills and develop confidence in working in teams and in problem-solving techniques.

CAreers


Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

A

rts

Brunel university


students performing ‘the sinking of the titanic’ by Gavin Bryars

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Arts

82COntACt


Sonic Arts BA


ABOut the COurse

this programme is designed for students who wish to extend their understanding of music technology as a creative tool. We have particular teaching and research strengths in composition, computer music, performance, improvisation, music and society, and contemporary musicology.

Facilities include a computer suite fully equipped for sound design and notation, studios for individual work, individual practice rooms and larger spaces for group rehearsals. there is a vibrant student performance culture on campus comprising several ensembles performing contemporary and classical music, improvisation, jazz, and live electronics.

you will be part of a highly dynamic music department with a strong profile in the Greater london area. the university hosts weekly recitals and concerts, and our new Arts@Artaud series showcases new performance work by students, staff and visiting artists in the newly refurbished surroundings of the Antonin Artaud building.

COurse COntent

the degree course is modular. each module is worth 20 credits and you must complete 120 credits

for each year of your degree programme. you will have a wide range of modules from which to choose and you can specialise in areas that particularly interest you. the final year project requires you to carry out in-depth research on any related topic of particular interest to you.

tyPiCAl MODules

level 1 Core





level 1 Options

• Musicianship

• MusicSince1900:themes and Contexts



level 2 Core

• HistoryofComputerMusic


• SonicArtsComputingII


level 2 Options


• ContemporaryPerformance

• Improvisation


entry CriteriA



iBDP 32 points.

BteC level 3 extended Diploma ddd.




SONIC ARTS BAWJ39 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME;


GAMES DESIGN AND SONIC ARTS BAWW2H 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME;





• CompositionforSoloist

level 3 Core

• AdvancedTopicsinComputer Music and Generative systems

• SpecialProject

• AcousmaticProject

level 3 Options



• MusicJournalism



Music staff have particular teaching and research strengths in composition (both acoustic and studio-based), interactive music, algorithmic composition, performance, musicology and socio-critical musicology. Modules on this course reflect the expertise of the staff and focus on the creative use of technology as a music making tool and on technique and interpretation in contemporary music performance, as well as considering the cultural and historical issues surrounding the use of technology in music. each subject employs a wide range of assessment methods. these include coursework, individual and group projects, oral presentations, practical work and some written examinations.

eMPlOyABility

Brunel’s music courses help you to develop a wide range of vocational, collaborative and transferable skills that are highly attractive to employers in industry and commerce. students have the opportunity, for example, to developITabilityandhighlysought-after presentation and communications skills during the course. Our undergraduate programmes are designed to sharpen creative and analytical skills and develop confidence in working in teams and in problem-solving techniques.

CAreers


JOint hOnOurs


Games Design and sonic Arts BA

GCe A-level BBB including Grade B in Music. refer to Games design, page 72.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

A

rts

Brunel university


students are able to look not only at aspects of production that the industry uses in recording, production and mastering, but also at live performance aspects of music composition as related to synthesis, live mixing and improvisation.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Arts

84COntACt

Jo Machontel: +44 (0)1895 267514 email: [email protected]

Theatre BA


ABOut the COurse

Brunel university’s BA theatre honours degree has been designed for students who aspire to work in today’s vibrant and diverse theatre industry. the degree is taught in the purpose-built Antonin Artaud Performance Centre which houses a fully equipped main theatre and studio theatre as well as a suite of rehearsal and recording studios.

you will study theatre and performance in both their historical and contemporary contexts and prepare for work in the creative industries, education or for further research by developing the skills of leadership, self and group management, initiative and personal responsibility, communication and interpersonal skills, decision-making and independent learning.

the course will give you knowledge and understanding of: the concepts and models used in the practice and studyoftheatre;thetheoretical debates arising from theatre as a live medium in the context of itsheritageandhistory;the creative significance of theatre production and the marketing of theatre performance.

COurse COntent

level 1

• Perspectives1(compulsory)

• StudyingtheArts(compulsory)

• Histories1(pre-20th Century)

• EnsembleProduction

Plus four from:

• Acting:EssentialSkills

• AppliedDramaPractice:anIntroduction

• Devising:DramaticAdaptation

• DigitalPerformance1

• Director’sTheatre

• Playwriting1

level 2

• Perspectives2(compulsory)

• Histories2(20thCenturyup to the present)

Plus four from:

• Acting:BeyondNaturalism

• DirectinginContext

• Playwriting2

• AppliedDramaPractice: Project

• Devising:Fillingtheempty space

• DigitalPerformance2

level 3 Core

• WrittenDissertationor

• SpecialistProject(Writingfor Performance, directing for theatre, devising, total theatre, Acting, Production, Applied theatre: tour, directing and digital Performance)

entry CriteriA

GCe A-level BBB, including drama/theatre studies.

Advanced Diploma Progression diploma Grade B in Creative and Media, plus an A-level at Grade B in theatre studies, drama or Performing Arts for Additional and specialist learning or Public services, including A-level english at Grade B for Additional and specialist learning.

iBDP 32 points.


Access Pass in drama including at least 80% of units with Merit or distinction.



THEATRE BAW440 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME;


THEATRE AND CREATIVE WRITING BAW4WW 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME;


THEATRE AND ENGLISH BAWQ43 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME;


THEATRE AND FILM AND TELEVISION STUDIES BAWW46 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME;


THEATRE AND GAMES DESIGN BAWW42 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME;


level 3 Options

• Perspectives3:BattlingwithIdeas

• DramaPlacementandProfessional development

• TheCanonreloaded

• ExperientialTheatreandembodied Practice

• NewWritingforTheatre

• IndependentStudy

• SummerProduction


you will be taught through various methods such as lectures, classes, tutorials, workshops, seminars and production. you will also receive one-to-one supervision for your final year project.

Assessment is by a combination of performance, projects, presentations, essays, portfolio and audiovisual production.

CAreers

Past students have gone on to work as: theatre producers, actors, directors, performers, playwrights, stand-up comedians, casting agents, event managers, animateurs, arts administrators, community theatre officers for local councils, drama teachers, researchers, public relation officers, drama therapists and academics. the subject team also has well-established links with theatre venues and companies in london and the uK and you will be able to draw on these relationships in order to undertake your work placement at level 3.

JOint hOnOurs


theatre and Creative Writing BA

GCe A-level BBB, including Grade B in theatre studies, drama or Performing Arts and Grade B in english language or literature. refer to Creative Writing, page 66.

theatre and english BA

GCe A-level BBB, including Grade B in theatre studies, drama or Performing Arts and a Grade B in english literature. refer to english, page 68.

theatre and Film and television studies BA

GCe A-level BBB, including Grade B in theatre studies, drama or Performing Arts. refer to Film and television studies, page 70.

theatre and Games Design BA

GCe A-level BBB, including Grade B in theatre studies, drama or Performing Arts. refer to Games design, page 72.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

A

rts

Brunel university


the degree is taught in the purpose-built Antonin Artaud Performance Centre which houses a fully equipped main theatre and studio theatre as well as a suite of rehearsal and recording studios.


Brunel Business school

Business and ManageMent

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Bu

siness an

d M

anag

emen

t

Business and ManageMent annual intake: 320

Why study Business and ManageMent at Brunel?

★★ We offer high quality teaching from lecturers with ‘hands-on’ experience in business and commerce.

★★ the school hosts six world-renowned research centres in the areas of: Organisation and employment studies; Marketing; entrepreneurship, international Business and innovation in emerging Markets; Management information systems; accounting and auditing; and Operations and supply Chain Management.

★★ We have good links with business. For our students, this means better work placements, up-to-date course content and opportunities to help find a good job after you graduate.

COurses at a glanCe

Business and Management Bsc ............................................................. 88

Business and Management (accounting) Bsc ...................................... 88

Business and Management (Marketing) Bsc ........................................ 88

international Business Bsc ...................................................................... 90

Joint honours:

• BusinessStudiesandSportSciencesBSc .......................... 88, 196

• EconomicsandManagementBSc ..................................... 88, 106

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

B

usi

nes

s an

d M

anag

emen

t

87Brunel university


Jaimini is a f inal year Internat ional Business student.

i chose international Business at Brunel because i thought it would give me a wider context of business in a global world, which is what we are becoming! Brunel also provides the option of picking up a new language.

i picked the sandwich course and wanted to land myself industrial experience in a large company after working in many small companies part-time whilst studying, so i was over the moon when i got the job at iBM.

i learnt a lot in the year and not just on a laptop – my people skills and confidence grew dramatically. My role in sales operations support meant that i had the responsibility of supporting sales reps and sales managers, ensuring data quality and producing reports and revenue files to do this. all industrial trainees were also assigned a career development manager.

i feel that my experience will help me in my final year to take a mature approach to my studies so that i complete work and exams to a standard above and beyond what is expected.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Bu

siness an

d M

anag

emen

t

88COntaCt

Brunel Business school admissionstel: +44 (0)1895 265278/267124 email: [email protected]

Business and Management BScCheck the Web for up-to-date course, entry criteria and fees information.

aBOut the COurse

this degree will equip you with the broad business and management background and the analytical, technical and interpersonal skills required to understand, analyse and address the problems of today’s companies. if you take certain modules you will gain exemptions from select professional examinations in accountancy, marketing and business and management fields.

PrOfessiOnal aCCreditatiOn

Once you graduate, provided you have passed certain modules, you will be exempt from some entry level examinations of the Chartered institute of Marketing (CiM), the Chartered institute for Management accountants (CiMa), the association of Chartered Certified accountants (aCCa) and the institute of Chartered accountants in england and Wales (iCaeW).

COurse COntent

all business and management degrees have a common first year. you will take a range of introductory modules designed to give you a grounding in management and then specialise at level 2 and 3.

tyPiCal MOdules

level 1 Core

• IntroductiontoManagement enquiry

• ManagingInformationwith technology

• OrganisationalBehaviourand analysis

• IntroductiontoAccounting

• InternationalBusinessenvironment

• PrinciplesandPracticeof Marketing

level 2 Core

general pathway

• OperationsManagement

• MarketingCommunications

• ManagingChangeandCreativity in Organisations

• ProjectManagement

• HumanResourceManagement and its international dimensions

• CriticalPerspectivesin Management.

level 2 Core

accounting pathway

• PrinciplesandPracticesof Financial accounting

• InternationalBusinessin emerging Markets

• IntroductiontoBusiness law

• ManagementAccounting– decision Making

• ManagementAccounting–PlanningandControl

• QuantitativeMethodsinBusiness and Management

entry Criteria

gCe a-level BBB (Critical thinking/general studies accepted).

advanced diplomaProgressiondiploma grade B in Business, AdministrationandFinanceorPublicservices, plus an a-level at grade B for additional and specialist learning (forPublicServices,thismustbeinabusiness-related or science subject).

BteC level 3 extended diploma ddd in a business-related subject.

iBdP 32 points.

access applicants offering access courses in Business or a Business-related subject plus the equivalent of at least three years full-time, relevant work experience will be considered on an individual basis.

For all of the above, 5 gCses or equivalent at grade C or above are also required, to include english and Maths.

Business and Management (accounting) application will need gCse grade B in Maths.

MOde Of study/uCas COdes

BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT BScN100 3-years Full-tiMe N221 4-years thiCk-sandWiCh

BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT (ACCOUNTING) BScNN14 3-years Full-tiMe N2NL 4-years thiCk-sandWiCh

BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT (MARKETING) BScN2NM 3-years Full-tiMe N2N5* 4-years thiCk-sandWiCh

BUSINESS STUDIES AND SPORT SCIENCES BScC6N1 3-years Full-tiMe NC1P 4-years thiCk sandWiCh

ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT BScLNC2 3-years Full-tiMe LND2 4-years thiCk-sandWiCh

MATHEMATICAL AND MANAGEMENT STUDIES BScGND2 3-years Full-tiMe GNC2 4-years thiCk-sandWiCh

MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS WITH MANAGEMENT BScG1NG 3-years Full-tiMe G1NF 4-years thiCk-sandWiCh

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

B

usi

nes

s an

d M

anag

emen

t

89

level 2 Core

Marketing pathway

• MarketingResearch


• MarketingChannelsand logistics

• CriticalPerspectivesin Management

• ConsumerBehaviour

• DatabaseandCustomerrelationship Marketing

level 3 Core

general pathway

• IssuesandControversiesinManagement(MajorProject)

• StrategicManagement

• BusinessEthics,environmental sustainability and governance

• WorkPlacementinContext*

level 3 Core

accounting pathway

• IssuesandControversiesinAccounting(MajorProject)

• StrategicFinancialManagement

• Auditing

level 3 core

Marketing pathway

• IssuesandControversiesinMarketingProject

• InternationalMarketing

• StrategicMarketing


level 3 Optional

general pathway

any two from:

• GenderandOrganisations

• Entrepreneurshipandsmall Business Ventures


• InnovationandKnowledgeManagement

level 3 Optional modules

accounting pathway

any two from:

• Taxation




level 3 Optional

Marketing pathway

any two from:

• InternetMarketing



• TheManagementofRetailing

*Forthosewhoundertakea work placement.

teaChing and assessMent

you will be taught through various methods such as lectures, tutorials, workshops and seminars and you will receive one-to-one supervision in your final year project. each subject is assessed either by a combination of continuous appraisal and examination or by coursework or examination alone. as a rough guide the split is approximately 50:50 exam to coursework but this amount varies depending on the options you select.

eMPlOyaBility

if you choose to follow the four-year thick sandwich degree programme you will gain high quality professional experience in commercial, financial, or public sector organisations.

PlaCeMents

students who complete the thick-sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with ProfessionalPlacement.’

Careers

graduates with a broad understanding of business and management, and knowledge of commercial, innovation and marketing issues are greatly valued in a whole variety of professions.

JOint hOnOurs


Business studies and sport sciences Bsc

gCe a-level BBB, including a science or social science subjectorPEatA-level.Referto sport sciences page 196.

economics and Management Bsc

gCe a-level BBB (you must have grade C in Maths or statistics at at least as-level. refer to economics page 107.

Mathematical and Management studies Bsc

gCe a-level BBB, including a-level Mathematics at grade B. refer to Mathematics page 166.

Mathematics and statistics with Management Bsc

gCe a-level BBB, including a-level Mathematics at grade B. refer to Mathematics page 166.

Brunel university


Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Bu

siness an

d M

anag

emen

t

90COntaCt

Brunel Business school admissionstel: +44 (0)1895 265278/267124 email: [email protected]

entry Criteria

gCe a-level BBB (Critical thinking/general studies accepted).

advanced diplomaProgressiondiploma grade B in Business, administration and Finance, plus an a-level at grade B for additional and SpecialistLearning,orProgressionDiplomaGradeBinPublicServices,plus an a-level in a business-related or science subject at grade B for additional and specialist learning.

BteC level 3 extended diploma ddd in a business-related subject.

iBdP 32 points.

access applicants offering access courses in Business or a Business-related subject plus the equivalent of at least three years full time, relevant work experience will be considered on an individual basis.

For all of the above, 5 gCses or equivalent at grade C or above are also required, to include english and Maths (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your uCas application).

MOde Of study/uCas COdes

N120 3-years Full-tiMe N121 4-years thiCk-sandWiCh

International Business BScCheck the Web for up-to-date course, entry criteria and fees information.

aBOut the COurse

this degree teaches the fundamentals of national and international market economies and the multivalent forces that shape the operating environments of organisations, both nationally and internationally.

this degree provides the opportunity to explore a range of specialist topics in an international context as well as the chance to acquire a thorough understanding of all the key business and management disciplines.

PrOfessiOnal aCCreditatiOn

Chartered Management institute (CMi): graduates can join as associate Members

COurse COntent

this degree provides the opportunity to explore a range of international contexts as well as the chance to acquire a thorough understanding of all the key business and management disciplines.

tyPiCal MOdules

level 1 Core

• IntroductiontoManagement enquiry

• ManagingInformationwith technology



• InternationalBusinessenvironment


level 2 Core

• EconomicsforBusinessand Management


• InternationalBusinessin emerging Markets

• HumanResourcesanditsinternational dimensions

• InternationalRelations

• QuantitativeMethodsinBusiness and Management

level 3 Core


• InternationalBusiness strategy

• IssuesandControversiesin Management (MajorProject)


*Forthosewhoundertakea work placement.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

B

usi

nes

s an

d M

anag

emen

t

91

Alina is s tudying Internat ional Business BSc and is current ly an EMEA Channel & Mid-Size Enterprise Market ing Intern at NetApp

Choosing to do international Business Bsc sandwich course has given me a most valuable opportunity to develop myself for a future career. a lot of the theory that i have learned about the international business world over the first two years of my studies, i have been able to put into practise by undertaking a one-year placement in a multinational company with a great culture and a healthy revenue growth.

i was fortunate to witness how the multinational company operates on the eMea (europe – Middle east – africa) perspective, which would definitely relate to my degree, and this has certainly helped me gain a much wider understanding of the subject.

i would definitely count this as an achievement; especially in today’s competitive job market so would encourage all students to take an internship as this would be of a great value to any career.

Optional modules

any two from the following:

• InternationalTechnologyManagement


• Globalisationandgovernance

• EuropeanUnionPolitics–ProblemsandProspects

teaChing and assessMent

you will be taught through various methods such as lectures, tutorials, workshops and seminars and you will receive one-to-one supervision in your final year project. assessment is by a variety of methods but in general includes traditional exams, written assignments, practical and creative design projects and individual and group presentations. equal emphasis is put on teamwork and individual contribution in assessed group projects and presentations.

eMPlOyaBility

Our students have excellent employment prospects – graduates have gone on to work for prestigious companies such as Merrill lynch, abbey, lloyds, PriceWaterhouseCoopers,deloitte and touche, Coca Cola, ernst and young, Virgin trains, accenture, hsBC, Bt, deutsche Bank and the BBC.


PlaCeMents

if you opt for a sandwich course, you will have the added bonus of putting your academic study into practice and developing ideas about future careers. some graduates are offered full-time graduate posts at the companies where they carried out their work placements. students who complete the thick-sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with ProfessionalPlacement.’

Careers

Our combination of academic and professional expertise gives our graduates, especially those that have carried out a professional work placement, a significant advantage over those with comparable academic qualifications from other business courses. What is more, career advancement for our students is often faster.

Brunel university



school of engineering and Design

Civil EnginEEring

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Civil en

gin

eering

Civil engineeringAnnual intake: 70

Why study Civil EnginEEring at BrunEl?

★★ teaching is delivered by academic staff of international research reputation which means that your course addresses current engineering themes.

★★ We have strong links with industry and you are encouraged to undertake a paid placement year which enhances your employability on graduation.

★★ Our industrial partners contribute to course content and development, and highlight emerging trends ensuring your skills and knowledge will be relevant to the needs of employers.

★★ Brunel’s Joseph Bazalgette laboratories have seen a recent significant investment in new facilities for geotechnical engineering, structural analysis and design, water engineering, and testing of innovative civil engineering materials. as a student, you will have access to these extensive, modern and well-equipped laboratories for practicals and project work.

COurses At A glAnCe

Civil Engineering BEng/MEng ................................................................. 94

Civil Engineering with sustainability BEng/MEng ................................ 96

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

C

ivil

eng

inee

rin

g

93Brunel university


George spent his Civil Engineering placement in Cape Town, South Afr ica

Moving through the years at Brunel, there will be many assignments, deadline clashes and crammed exam preparations, but your tutor is there for you, the staff always listen and your peers become a close-knit group, making you work harder. you won’t be spoon-fed but shown how to ask questions and be confident in your decisions.

i have progressed every year and my grades have gone from strength to strength, allowing me to continue on to the Meng course. All this is thanks to the quality of the materials and lectures.

My placement in Cape town gave me a vast amount of experience and showed me what life is going to be like as a Civil engineer, plus it gave me a much needed break from university life as it coincided with the World Cup! i wanted to travel for my placement because i wanted to bolster my Cv and be given responsibility that i wouldn’t get in london. Brunel gave me a great footing and the Placement and Careers Centre really does its job in giving you the material, help and time that you need while coping with your studies.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Civil en

gin

eering

94COntACt

Dr Philip Collins, Course Directortel: +44 (0)1895 266633 email: [email protected]

Civil Engineering BEng/MEng


ABOut the COurse

this course focuses on structures, materials and construction. drawing on an impressive body of pure and applied research engineers and scientists, we will introduce you to mainstream civil engineering knowledge, ranging from geotechnical site assessment to assessing and designing structures and water engineering.

Our course has been designed very much as a ‘hands-on’ learning experience. you will learn fundamental theory, and then have the opportunity to test and apply much of that theory through design in the laboratory, using advanced software, and during field work. Professional engineers working with major clients, consultancies and contractors contribute to the course delivery, bringing real world experience to the course.

the final year of the MEng is about broadening and deepening your knowledge and understanding of the discipline, to better meet the leadership needs of industry.

PrOfessiOnAl ACCreDitAtiOn

this course has been designed in close consultation with industry.

We are currently in the process of seeking accreditation by the institution of Civil Engineers, the institution of structural Engineers, the Chartered institution of highways and transportation, and the institute of highway Engineers. We have a successful record in accreditation, and our existing course BEng/MEng in Civil Engineering with sustainability is already accredited.

tyPiCAl MODules

level 1

• Constructionandsustainability

• Fundamentalsofgeotechnical Engineering and surveying

• FundamentalsofStructures

• FundamentalsofFluidMechanics

• AnalyticalMethodsandskills for Civil Engineers

• ProfessionalSkills

level 2

• StructuralDesign

• CivilEngineeringMaterials

• GeotechnicalEngineering

• CivilEngineeringHydraulics

• StructuralMechanics

• SustainableConstructionand Professional skills

Beng entry CriteriA

gCe A-level BBB, including grade B in Maths and grade B in a science or technology subject (general studies and Critical thinking not accepted).

Advanced Diploma Progression diploma grade B in Engineering, plus the specialist unit in Maths for Engineers at grade B along with 1 as-level (excluding general studies and Maths) at grade C for additional and specialist learning. Progression diploma grade B in Public services, plus the specialist unit in Maths for Engineers at grade B along with 1 a-level in a science subject for additional and specialist learning.

BteC level 3 extended Diploma ddd to include distinctions inFurtherMathematicsforTechnicians,andFurtherMechanicalPrinciples or equivalent.

iBDP 32 points, including 6 in higher level Maths.

Access Pass in Engineering, including distinctions in all Maths and Physics units at level 3.

Foralloftheabove,5GCSEsorequivalent at grade C or above are also required, to include English and Maths (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your uCas application).

Beng MODe Of stuDy/uCAs CODes

H204 3-yEArSFull-TiME H206 4-yEars thiCk-sandWiCh

the Engineering with an integrated Foundationyearcourseisavailablefor students who do not meet the standard entry criteria listed above – see page 200 for details.

Work Placement (thick-sandwich mode of study)

level 3

• MajorindividualProject

• ConstructionContracts,Business and sustainability

• SteelandConcreteDesign

• innovativeConstructionMaterials

• StructuralAnalysis

level 4 (Meng only)

• MajorGroupProject

• SustainableConstruction,Management and Professional studies

• StructuralDesignandFEA

• riskandFinancialManagement

• WaterinfrastructureEngineering

• EarthquakeandDisasterrelief Engineering

Meng finAl yeAr PrOjeCt

all students participate in a teamprojectof5-6people,which develops not only their transferable skills, but also their ability to produce a working design. recent examples of projects undertaken by students on related courses have included the investigation into the design of a novel city airport, and the redesign of a major pumping station.


teaching is by a mixture of lectures, laboratories, design studios and one-to-one supervision. you will undertake assignments, essays, project work, reports on laboratory practicals, oral presentations and short tests.

eMPlOyABility/PlACeMents

you can choose to study either a full-time course or the prestigious sandwich course. sandwich students undertake high-quality, paid work placements within prominent companies and organisations. this puts graduates from the course in a strong position when entering the job market. the placement in industry is taken between levels 2 and 3 for at least 44 weeks. this time can count towards becoming an incorporated or Chartered Engineer.

CAreers

this is a new course, its first intake of students arriving in 2012. We anticipate that our students will help fill the increasing demand for high-quality civil engineering graduates. Contractors and consultants working on large infrastructure projects such as bridges, tall buildings, tunnels, flood defence schemes, transport and power generation are likely environments for many of our graduates to begin their careers. recent graduates and sandwich students on related courses have secured positions at atkins, Baa, Mace, Coca-Cola, Clancy docwra, laing O’rourke and Waterflow.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

C

ivil

eng

inee

rin

g

Brunel university


Meng entry CriteriA

gCe A-level aBB, including grade a in Maths and grade B in a science or technology subject (general studies and Critical thinking not accepted).

Advanced Diploma Progression diploma grade a in Engineering, plus the specialist unit in Maths for Engineers at grade C along with 1 as-level (excluding general studies and Maths) at grade C for additional and specialist learning. Progression diploma grade a in Public services, plus the specialist unit in Maths for Engineers at grade C along with 1 a-level in a science subject at grade C for additional and specialist learning.

BteC level 3 extended Diploma d*dd to include distinction* inFurtherMathematicsforTechnicians,andFurtherMechanicalPrinciples or equivalent.


Access applicants should apply for the BEng. those who achieve the progression requirement can transfer to the MEng at the end of level 2.


Meng MODe Of stuDy/uCAs CODes

H205 4-yEArSFull-TiME H207 5-yEArSTHiCk-SAnDWiCH


Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Civil en

gin

eering

96COntACt

Dr Philip Collins, Course Directortel: +44 (0)1895 266633 email: [email protected]

Civil Engineering with Sustainability BEng/MEng


ABOut the COurse

this course aims to produce the next generation of civil engineers with a focus on sustainable infrastructure, fully equipped to play leading professional roles in industry and the wider local, national and global community.

Our course has been designed very much as a ‘hands-on’ learning experience. you will learn fundamental theory, and then have the opportunity to test and apply much of that theory through design in the laboratory, using advanced software, and during field work. Professional engineers working with major clients, consultancies and contractors contribute to the course delivery, bringing real world experience to the course.


this course has been designed in close consultation with industry and is accredited by the institution of Civil Engineers, the institution of structural Engineers, the Chartered institution of highways and transportation, and the institute of highway Engineers, for 2007-2011.

the MEng degree course has been accredited as fully satisfying the educational base for a Chartered Engineer (CEng).

tyPiCAl MODules

level 1

• Constructionandsustainability

• Fundamentalsofgeotechnical Engineering and surveying

• FundamentalsofStructures

• FundamentalsofFluidMechanics

• AnalyticalMethodsandskills for Civil Engineers

• ProfessionalSkills

level 2

• StructuralDesign

• CivilEngineeringMaterials

• GeotechnicalEngineering

• CivilEngineeringHydraulics

• StructuralMechanics

• Sustainableinfrastructureand Professional skills

Work Placement (thick-sandwich mode of study)

level 3

• MajorindividualProject

• ConstructionContracts,Business and sustainability

• SteelandConcreteDesign

• WaterEngineering

• Sustainableinfrastructuredevelopment

Beng entry CriteriA

gCe A-level BBB, including grade B in Maths and a science or technology subject (general studies and Critical thinking not accepted).

Advanced Diploma Progression diploma grade B in Engineering, plus the specialist unit in Maths for Engineers at grade B along with 1 as-level (excluding general studies and Maths) at grade B for additional and specialist learning. Progression diploma grade B in Public services, plus the specialist unit in Maths for Engineers at grade B along with 1 a-level in a science subject at grade C for additional and specialist learning.

BteC level 3 extended Diploma ddd to include distinctions inFurtherMathematicsforTechnicians,andFurtherMechanicalPrinciples or equivalent.


Access Pass in Engineering, including distinctions in all Maths and Physics units at level 3.


Beng MODe Of stuDy/uCAs CODes

H200 3-yEArSFull-TiME H201 4-yEars thiCk-sandWiCh


level 4 (Meng only)


• SustainableConstruction,Management and Professional studies

• StructuralDesignandFEA

• riskandFinancialManagement

• Geo-environmentalEngineering

• WaterProcessEngineering

Meng finAl yeAr PrOjeCt

all students participate inateamprojectof5-6people, which develops not only their transferable skills, but also their ability to produce a working design. recent examples of projects have included the investigation into the design of sustainable supermarkets, and the redesign of a major pumping station.


teaching is by a mixture of lectures, laboratories, design studios and one-to-one supervision. you will undertake assignments, essays, project work, reports on laboratory practicals, oral presentations and short tests.

eMPlOyABility/PlACeMents

you can choose to study either a full-time course or the prestigious sandwich course. sandwich students undertake high-quality, paid work placements within prominent companies and organisations. this puts graduates from the course

in a strong position when entering the job market. the placement in industry is taken between levels 2 and 3 for at least 44 weeks. this time can count towards becoming an incorporated or Chartered Engineer.

CAreers

Contractors and consultants working on large infrastructure projects such as flood and coastal defence schemes, transport, water treatment and low-carbon energy generation, such as off-shore wind farms, are likely environments for many of our graduates to begin their careers. some may progress to take posts of responsibility with national and local government agencies or major firms of consulting engineers. Others may specialise in fields such as construction, sustainability, innovative materials, foundation engineering, tunnelling, geotechnical exploration or building services engineering, both within the uk and overseas.

recent graduates and sandwich students have secured positions at atkins, Baa, Mace, Coca-Cola, Clancy docwra, laing O’rourke and Waterflow.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

C

ivil

eng

inee

rin

g

Brunel university


Meng entry CriteriA

gCe A-level aBB, including grade a in Maths and grade B in a science or technology subject (general studies and Critical thinking not accepted).

Advanced Diploma Progression diploma grade a in Engineering, plus the specialist unit in Maths for Engineers at grade C along with 1 as-level (excluding general studies and Maths) at grade C for additional and specialist learning. Progression diploma grade a in Public services, plus the specialist unit in Maths for Engineers at grade C along with 1 a-level in a science subject at grade C for additional and specialist learning.

BteC level 3 Extended diploma d*dd to include distinction* inFurtherMathematicsforTechnicians,andFurtherMechanicalPrinciples or equivalent.


Access applicants should apply for the BEng. those who achieve the progression requirement can transfer to the MEng at the end of level 2.


Meng MODe Of stuDy/uCAs CODes

H202 4-yEArSFull-TiME H203 5-yEArSTHiCk-SAnDWiCH

the Engineering with an integrated Foundationyearcourseisavailablefor students who do not meet the standard entry criteria listed above and others – see page 200 for details.



Design

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Desig

n

DesignAnnual intake: 120

Why study design at Brunel?

★★ design studies students are the second most satisfied students in the uK, according the 2011 national student survey.

★★ Our degrees are some of the most renowned and respected in europe and our students and graduates have won national and international design awards.

★★ Work placements and ‘live’ projects offer students invaluable direct industrial experience.

★★ Many students take advantage of exchange programmes that can take them to europe and the usa.

★★ all our lecturing staff are research or professionally active which ensures that the content of our programmes is always up-to-date.

COurses At A glAnCe

industrial design and technology Ba .................................................. 100

Product design Bsc ................................................................................ 102

Product design engineering Bsc .......................................................... 102

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

D

esig

n

99Brunel university


Natalie graduated in 2010 and is now working as a retail designer at Chanel.

Her ‘smart’ plant pot, called ‘tulipe’, featured in Brunel’s annual design and engineering showcase, Made in Brunel. the electronic pot shows a red light if the plant is too dry, hot or cold, or if the surroundings are too light or dark. A green light shows if all is well.

natalie designed the pot for her final year project after contacting the horticultural therapy charity, thrive. “My grandfather, who has always been a keen gardener, has a sight condition that reduces central vision,” she explained. “it was designed for people like him. He really likes the idea.”

the pot can also help those who are not so green-fingered.

“it encourages the gardener to interact with their plant. When the base turns red, you have to make different changes until it turns green. you get to know what the plant likes.”

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Desig

n

100COntACt

stephen green, Admissions tutortel: +44 (0)1895 265814 email: [email protected]

Industrial Design and Technology BA


ABOut tHe COurse

this course is taught in parallel with Brunel’s successful Bsc design courses and is distinguished by including technical content whilst maintaining a creative and practical approach.

it produces designers who have the ability to realise their design solutions together with a comprehensive understanding of design theory and issues. the technical emphasis means that students can develop products that both look good and work well.

Final year options have a strong technological and humanistic focus, and your major project usually comprises an aesthetic model and a functional prototype.


all our design courses are accredited by the institution of engineering designers (ied) to ensure that the courses maintain their academic and commercial relevance. student membership of the ied is free and encourages continuous professional development through journals and conferences. On graduation, students are eligible for

full membership, with further career and training options which can lead to Chartered engineer status.

COurse COntent

all our undergraduate design programmes have a similar first year of core modules to ensure that you have a sound understanding of the technological, creative and practical skills necessary for a degree in the discipline.

We emphasise the application of technology throughout all the courses, with integrated project work forming a substantial part of the course at all levels.

tyPiCAl MODules

level 1

• DesignProcess1

• GraphicCommunication

• WorkshopsandMaterials

• MechanicsforDesign

• ElectronicsandMathematics

level 2

• DesignProcess2

• DesignforManufactureand Communication

• SystemsDesign

• DesignApplications

level 2 Placement year

• ProfessionalPractice

entry CriteriA

gCe A-level BBB, including grade B in design and technology, Product design, art or art and design (general studies and Critical thinking not accepted).

Advanced Diploma Progression diploma grade B in Creative and Media, engineering or Manufacturing and Product design, plus a B at a-level for additional and specialist learning.

BteC ddd in a related subject.

iBDP 32 points.

foundations of engineering see the course page; for external foundation courses, please contact the admissions tutor.

Access Pass in an art and design or engineering subject. Other subjects are considered on an individual basis.


All applicants are required to attend an interview including a portfolio review as part of the selection process before a formal offer is made.

MODe Of stuDy/uCAs CODes

HW72 - 3-years Full-tiMe HWR2- 4-years thiCK-sandWiCh

the engineering with an integrated Foundation year course is available for students who do not meet the standard entry criteria listed above – see page 200 for details.

level 3

• MajorProject(core)

• InnovationManagement (core)

• Computer-baseddesign Methods

• Environmentallysensitive design

• Graphics

• ContextualDesign

• EmbeddedSystemsfor design

teACHing AnD AssessMent

you will be taught by experts in their fields. Many of your lecturers will be internationally and nationally recognised for their innovative work. you will be taught through various methods such as lectures, tutorials, workshops and seminars and you will receive one-to-one supervision in your final year project. level 1 does not count towards your final degree mark. level 2 is worth a third, and level 3 is worth the rest. the final year project is worth a third of level 3 marks. Knowledge and understanding are tested by means of a range of assessment tasks.

eMPlOyABility

We have an established reputation for producing high quality graduates. Our graduates enjoy superb employment prospects and enter careers in a wide spectrum of environments, including the manufacturing, service and engineering industries, design management and consultancy companies. Many go on to set up their own businesses.

PlACeMents

along with the knowledge and skills built during the courses, work placements offer students direct industrial experience of working on ‘live’ design projects with some of the best companies in the world. a high percentage of students choose to take advantage of this year-long work placement and this contributes to the excellent graduate employment record of our students. Our exchange programme allows students to study in an equivalent course abroad in locations such as the usa, Milan, hanover and antwerp.

students who complete the thick-sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with Professional Practice’.

CAreers

Our graduates are highly sought-after in a wide range of business sectors. as well as the prestigious companies who offer work placements to our students, employers of our graduates include: apple Computers, Bt, dyson, eurostar, habitat, iBM, land rover, lego, Microsoft, Morgan stanley, nokia, Orange, rniB, the technology Partnership and Virgin atlantic.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

D

esig

n

Brunel university


Chris won the Xerox Innovation Award for his safer mountain bike gear design.

Chris’ linK gear system helps cyclists change gear safely when riding downhill, and it was exhibited in the national new Designers student showcase as well as at Made in Brunel, the university’s annual design exhibition.

My design is something that has come about from my personal experience in downhill racing, both as a rider and a spectator,” explained Chris. “While every other part of the modern mountain bike has changed to meet the demands of downhill racing, the gear system has barely changed for over 100 years. for the pinnacle of the sport, it was clear that a better alternative must be found.

the university has patented Chris’ invention.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Desig

n

102COntACt

stephen green, Admissions tutortel: +44 (0)1895 265814 email: [email protected]

Product Design BSc

Product Design Engineering BSc


ABOut tHe COurse

these two Bsc degree courses run in parallel for the first two years and then become uniquely specialised in the third year. the particular blend of creative and technical subjects prepares students for this final year, in which further in-depth technical and engineering knowledge build to form a unique, technically strong design degree experience.

Product Design combines the concepts of commercial awareness with creative thinking and sound technological reasoning. the course has a technical emphasis, meaning students can develop products that both look good and work well. the degree also emphasises aesthetic awareness and understanding of market trends. all modules on the course have creative and project based work including graphic design, human factors and environmentally sensitive design. Our focus is on integrating commercial awareness, technical ability and innovation.

Product Design engineering is for creative thinkers who are also comfortable with mathematics and who enjoy deeper analysis of functional and technical design challenges. the course spans design and engineering, meaning students can develop products that both look good and work well. the final year has a strong technological and engineering focus, and your major project, which represents about 400 hours work, is likely to include a functional prototype incorporating mechanics and or electronics.


all our design courses are accredited by the institution of engineering designers (ied) to ensure that the courses maintain their academic and commercial relevance. student membership of the ied is free and encourages continuous professional development through journals and conferences. On graduation, students are eligible for full membership, with further career and training options which can lead to Chartered engineer status.

entry CriteriA

gCe A-level BBB, including at least grade B in design and technology, Product design, art or art and design and at least grade B Maths or Physics (general studies and Critical thinking not accepted).

Advanced Diploma Progression diploma grade B in Creative and Media, engineering or Manufacturing and Product design, plus Maths or Physics a-level at grade B for additional and specialist learning.

BteC level 3 extended Diploma ddd in a related subject including Maths or Physics modules.

iBDP 32 points, including 5 in design and technology, Product design, art or art and design and 5 in higher level Maths or 5 in higher level Physics.

foundations of engineering see the course page; for external foundation courses, please contact the admissions tutor.

Access Pass in an art and design or engineering subject, including Maths at level 3. all others considered on an individual basis.


All applicants are required to attend an interview including a portfolio review as part of the selection process before a formal offer is made.

MODe Of stuDy/uCAs CODes

PRODUCT DESIGN BScH772 3-years Full-tiMe H776 4-years thiCK-sandWiCh

PRODUCT DESIGN ENGINEERING BSCWH27 3-years Full-tiMe WHF7 4-years thiCK-sandWiCh

the engineering with an integrated Foundation year course is available for students who do not meet the standard entry criteria listed above – see page 200 for details.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

D

esig

n

Brunel university


COurse COntent

all the Bsc undergraduate design programmes have a similar first year of core modules to ensure that you have a sound understanding of the technological, creative and practical skills necessary for a degree in the discipline.

We emphasise the application of technology throughout all the courses, with integrated project work forming a substantial part of the course at all levels.

tyPiCAl MODules

level 1

• DesignProcess1

• GraphicCommunication

• WorkshopsandMaterials

• MechanicsforDesign

• ElectronicsandMathematics

level 2

• DesignProcess2

• DesignforManufactureand Communication

• Electronics,Programmingand interfacing

• Dynamics,Mechanismsand stress analysis

level 2 Placement year


level 3 Product Design



• HumanFactors(core)


• Graphics



level 3 Product Design engineering



• Computer-basedDesignMethods (core)


• Graphics



teACHing AnD AssessMent

you will be taught by experts in their fields. Many of your lecturers will be internationally and nationally recognised for their innovative work. you will be taught through various methods such as lectures, tutorials, workshops and seminars, and you will receive one-to-one supervision in your final year project. level 1 does not count towards your final degree mark. level 2 is worth a third, and level 3 is worth the rest. the final year project is worth a third of level 3 marks. Knowledge and understanding are tested by means of a range of assessment tasks.

eMPlOyABility

We have an established reputation for producing high quality graduates. Our graduates enjoy superb employment prospects and enter careers in a wide spectrum of environments, including the manufacturing, service and engineering industries, design management and consultancy companies. Many go on to set up their own businesses.

PlACeMents

along with the knowledge and skills built during the courses, work placements offer students direct industrial experience of working on ‘live’ design projects with some of the best companies in the world. a high percentage of students choose to take advantage of this year long work placement and this contributes to the excellent graduate employment record of our students. Our exchange programme allows students to study in an equivalent course abroad in locations such as the usa, Milan, hanover and antwerp.

students who complete the thick-sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with Professional Practice’.

CAreers

Our graduates are highly sought-after in a wide range of business sectors. as well as the prestigious companies who offer work placements to our students, employers of our graduates include:

apple Computers, Bt, dyson, eurostar, habitat, iBM, land rover, lego, Microsoft, Morgan stanley, nokia, Orange, rniB, the technology Partnership and Virgin atlantic.



Economics and FinancE

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

econ

om

ics and

Finan

ce

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

e

con

om

ics

and

Fin

ance

105Brunel university


Necip spent his placement at HM Treasury.

Brunel was my first choice because it ticked every box that i was looking for in a university. it’s situated on a clean and stylish campus, it’s in Greater london, it has a reputation for producing strong economics graduates, and it offers economics students the opportunity to go on a work placement in the penultimate year of their studies. three years on and i’m thoroughly enjoying my time here.

i recently finished a year at HM treasury in the european economics team. As well as providing regular briefings for the Prime Minister and Chancellor (whom i had the opportunity to meet), i was given the role of housing market expert, producing high level research and presenting to an audience. i had the opportunity to implement and develop core skills in a very high profile institution, while gaining first-hand experience in a field that genuinely interested me.

the opportunity to undertake a placement separates Brunel from most other universities in london, and Brunel’s Placement and Careers Centre’s strong links with prospective employers are very beneficial from a student’s perspective. i would certainly recommend Brunel to anybody considering it.

eConoMiCs And FinAnCeAnnual intake: 290

Why study Economics and FinancE at BrunEl?

★★ many of our staff are nationally and internationally recognised for their work in this field. our strong research profile demonstrates that we are committed to delivering cutting edge teaching in each subject.

★★ We have good links with business. this means that your course content is up-to-date, and we have more contacts to help you find jobs and work placements. our placement office was the winner of the award for ‘university with a Forward thinking attitude to Work-Based learning’ for 2011 and winner of the ‘Best Placement service’ award in 2010. this demonstrates our commitment to delivering a high-quality service.

★★ Economics and Finance graduates from Brunel have an excellent employment record and go into a wide variety of occupations. some go on to further study and become professional economists or accountants. others are employed in industry, the financial sector or government. in some cases a job offer comes from a former work placement employer.

★★ in conjunction with the library, the department provides access to a variety of professional databases, used in the city. these include datastream, Bank scope, osiris, reuters 3000 Xtra and thomson one Banker. We are currently in negotiations to bring Bloomberg to the university.

Courses At A GlAnCe

Economics Bsc ........................................................................................ 106

Economics and accounting Bsc ............................................................ 108

Finance and accounting Bsc .................................................................. 110

Joint honours:

• EconomicsandBusinessFinanceBSc ....................................... 106

• EconomicsandManagementBSc ..................................... 88, 106

• PoliticsandEconomicsBSc .............................................. 106, 182

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

econ

om

ics and

Finan

ce

106ContACt

dr Bryan mase, Admissions tutortel: +44 (0)1895 265952 email: [email protected]

Economics BSc


ABout tHe Course

Economics courses at Brunel combine an understanding of theory with the practical skills necessary to apply your knowledge to a business, industrial, financial or government environment. it is this combination, together with a strong background in finance, that distinguishes Brunel’s courses from other economics degrees.

this broad-based course aims to produce economists with a range of technical expertise including quantitative and computing skills. Particular emphasis is placed on the application of theoretical principles in the working environment.

Course Content

levels 1 and 2, you will take modules in economics, as well as in finance, computing and quantitative methods.

tyPiCAl Modules

level 1

• MicroeconomicPrinciples

• MacroeconomicPrinciples

• FinancialMarkets

• MathematicsforEconomics and Finance

• StatisticalResearchmethods

• IntroductiontoFinancial accounting

level 2

• IntroductiontoEconomic modelling

• MicroeconomicPrinciplesII

• MacroeconomicPrinciplesII

• MathematicalEconomics

• MoneyandBanking

• IncentivesandContracttheory with applications

level 3 economic Project

• EconometricMethodsand applications

• AdvancedTopicsinEconomic theory

level 3 options

• Managerialandindustrial Economics

• BehaviouralEconomicsand Finance

• TheEconomicsoflabour markets

• InternationalMoneyand Finance

FinAl yeAr ProjeCt

in your final year you will undertake a major project which is an important element of the degree and provides you with an opportunity for independent study, original thought and, especially for those on sandwich courses, an opportunity to apply economic and financial theories, concepts and models to practical problems.

entry CriteriA

GCe A-level BBB including Grade B in a-level maths or statistics (General studies/critical thinking not accepted).

Advanced diploma Progression diploma Grade B in Business, administration and Finance or Public services, plus a-level maths/statistics at Grade B for additional and specialist learning.

BteC level 3 extended diploma ddd in a related subject, plus Grade B in a-level maths or statistics.

iBdP 32 points, including 6 in higher maths.

Access Pass in related subject including at least 60% of units with merit or distinction including a-level maths/statistics Grade B.

For all of the above, 5 GcsEs or equivalent at Grade c or above are also required, to include Grade B in English and maths (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your ucas application).

Mode oF study/uCAs Codes

ECONOMICS BScL101 3-yEars Full-timE L106 4-yEars thick-sandWich

ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS FINANCE BScLND3 3-yEars Full-timE LNC3 4-yEars thick-sandWich

ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT BScLNC2 3-yEars Full-timE LND2 4-yEars thick-sandWich

POLITICS AND ECONOMICS BScLLC2 3-yEars Full-timE LL12 4-yEars thick-sandWich

teACHinG And AssessMent

you will be taught through various methods such as lectures, tutorials, workshops and seminars, and you will receive one-to-one supervision in your final year project. Each subject is assessed in the term when it is studied. the proportion of exam to coursework is approximately 75% to 25%, but some courses have a higher proportion of continuous assessment. level 1 does not count towards your final degree mark. level 2 is worth a third, and level 3 is worth the rest. the final year dissertation is worth a third of level 3 marks.

eMPloyABility


CAreers

Economics graduates from Brunel have an excellent employment record and go into a wide variety of occupations. some go on to further study and become professional economists or accountants. others are employed in industry, the financial sector or government. in some cases, a job offer comes from a former work placement employer. Past graduates have gone on to work with the following organisations: merrill lynch (Brokers), natWest (Financing Futures),

chartered accountancy: Pricewaterhousecoopers, kPmG, central Government: the Bank of England, the treasury, the cabinet office, the department of transport, local Government: Finance departments, corporate Planning, the national audit office, health trusts/authorities, industry: BP, rank Xerox, marks and spencer, icl, cBi, the civil aviation authority, British airways.

eConoMiCs Bsc joint Honours

you will select modules from those offered by each of the two subjects. check the course page on the Website for more detailed information on the joint honours course.

economics and Business Finance Bsc

GcE a-level BBc including Grade c as-level in maths or statistics.

economics and Management Bsc

GcE a-level BBc including Grade c as-level in maths or statistics. refer to Business and management, page 89.

Politics and economics Bsc

GcE a-level BBc including Grade c as-level in maths or statistics. refer to Politics, page 182.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

e

con

om

ics

and

Fin

ance

Brunel university


Br

un

el un

iver

sity

econ

om

ics and

Finan

ce

108ContACt

dr Bryan Mase, Admissions tutortel: +44 (0)1895 265952 email: [email protected]

Economics and Accounting BSc


ABout tHe Course

a key feature of this programme is that it allows students to develop the fundamental analytical techniques of micro- and macroeconomics, while also developing knowledge and understanding of the core concepts and issues in financial and management accounting.

the purpose of this course is to provide students with a strong intellectual and practical grounding in both economics and accounting. the course aims to produce high quality graduates with the core skills and attributes that will enable them to understand and analyse economic and accounting issues in a variety of contexts.

tyPiCAl Modules

level 1







level 2

• IntroductiontoEconomic modelling

• MicroeconomicPrinciplesII

• MacroeconomicPrinciplesII

• ManagementAccountingand decision-making

• FinancialAccountingandstatement analysis

• CompanyandLawregulations

level 3

• EconomicProject

• FinancialAccounting

• AdvancedTopicsinEconomic theory

one from

• Auditing

• Taxation

one from

• Managerialandindustrial Economics

• InternationalMoneyand Finance

• TheEconomicsofthelabour market



entry CriteriA

GCe A-level BBB including Grade c in as-level maths or statistics (General studies/critical thinking not accepted).


BteC level 3 extended diploma ddd in a related subject, plus Grade c in as-level maths or statistics.

iBdP 32 points, including 6 in standard maths or 4 in higher maths

Access Pass in related subject including at least 60% of units with merit or distinction including as-level maths/statistics Grade B.

For all of the above, 5 GcsEs or equivalent at Grade c or above are also required, to include Grade B in English and Grade B in maths (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your ucas application).


LN14 3-yEars Full-timE NL41 4-yEars thick-sandWich


you will be taught through various methods such as lectures, tutorials, workshops and seminars and you will receive one-to-one supervision in your final year project. Each subject is assessed in the term when it is studied. the proportion of exam to coursework is approximately 75% to 25%, but some courses have a higher proportion of continuous assessment. level 1 does not count towards your final degree mark. level 2 is worth a third, and level 3 is worth the rest. the final year dissertation is worth a third of level 3 marks.

eMPloyABility


Placements in industry have been with members of the international stock Exchange and other financial markets, banks, large london-based industrial companies, oil companies, international management consultancies, accounting firms, major retailing and distribution companies and employer organisations.

Placements in the public sector have included finance departments at the treasury, cabinet office, department of trade and industry and many other government agencies, as well as with local authorities and health trusts.

as a graduate of this course, you will have selective exemption from a number of professional accountancy exams. not only is this a fast-track way to professional qualifications after you graduate, but it is also a symbol of the quality of the programme. our programmes are accredited by the association of chartered certified accountants (acca).

PlACeMents

this three-year course is also available as a four-year sandwich (with Professional development) course offering high-quality work placements which will help you to succeed in the competitive job market. you will be awarded their degree ‘with Professional development’.

CAreers

our students have excellent career prospects. Graduates have gone on to work for prestigious companies including merrill lynch, natWest, morgan stanley, PriceWaterhousecoopers, JP morgan, hsBc, Ernst & young, the london stock Exchange and uBs.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

e

con

om

ics

and

Fin

ance

Brunel university


the high-level skills demonstrated by economics students on placement can lead to permanent job offers when they graduate:

Kingston smith has frequently recruited placement students through the Brunel Placement and Careers Centre over the last few years. the service is of a high standard and we have employed several bright undergraduates who have added a great deal of value whilst working with us. in fact, we have employed a number of graduates on a permanent basis once they have finished their studies.

Paul Hibberd, Kingston Smith LLP

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

econ

om

ics and

Finan

ce

110ContACt

dr Bryan mase, Admissions tutortel: +44 (0)1895 265952 email: [email protected]

Finance and Accounting BSc


ABout tHe Course

the purpose of this course is to produce high quality graduates with a theoretical and practical grounding as well as the technical expertise necessary to evaluate decision-making in finance and accounting.

the courses at Brunel combine an understanding of theory with the practical skills necessary to apply your knowledge to a business, industrial, financial or government environment. it is this combination, together with a strong background in finance, that distinguishes the Brunel courses from other degrees in economics.

this degree aims to produce graduates who are familiar with the principles of finance across a range of subject areas, and will prepare students for careers in accountancy.

tyPiCAl Modules

level 1







level 2

• CorporateFinance

• CorporateInvestment

• EconometricsforFinance

• ManagementAccountingand decision-making

• FinancialAccountingandstatement analysis

• CompanyLawandregulations

level 3

• EconomicProject

• Auditing

• FinancialAccounting

one from

• FinancialTheoryandcorporate Policy

• FinancialEngineering

one from



• AdvancedTopicinFinance

• Taxation

FinAl yeAr ProjeCt

in your final year you will undertake a major project which is an important element of the degree and provides you with an opportunity for independent study, original thought and, especially for those on sandwich courses, an opportunity to apply

entry CriteriA

GCe A-level BBB including Grade B in maths/statistics at a-level (General studies/critical thinking not accepted).


BteC level 3 extended diploma ddd in a related subject, plus a-level maths or statistics at Grade B.

iBdP 32 points, including 6 in higher level maths.

Access Pass in related subject including at least 65% of units with merit or distinction including a-level maths/statistics Grade B.

For all of the above, 5 GcsEs or equivalent at Grade c or above are also required, to include Grade B in English and Grade B in maths (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your ucas application).


NN34 3-yEars Full-timE NN3K 4-yEars thick-sandWich

economic and financial theories, concepts and models to practical problems.


you will be taught through various methods such as lectures, tutorials, workshops and seminars, and you will receive one-to-one supervision in your final year project. Each subject is assessed in the term when it is taken. the proportion of exam to coursework is approximately 75% to 25%, but some courses have a higher proportion of continuous assessment. level 1 does not count towards your final degree mark. level 2 is worth a third, and level 3 the rest. the final year dissertation is worth a third of level 3 marks.

eMPloyABility/PlACeMents


Placements in industry have been with members of the international stock Exchange and other financial markets, banks, large london-based industrial companies, oil companies, international management consultancies, accounting firms, major retailing and distribution companies and employer organisations.

Placements in the public sector have included finance departments at the treasury, cabinet office, department of trade and industry and

many other government agencies, as well as with local authorities and health trusts.

as a graduate of this course, you will have selective exemption from some professional accountancy exams. not only is this a fast-track way to professional qualifications after you graduate, but it is also a symbol of the quality of the programme. our programmes are accredited by the association of chartered certified accountants (acca).

CAreers

Finance and accounting graduates from Brunel have an excellent employment record and go into a wide variety of occupations. some go on to further study and become professional economists or accountants. others are employed in industry, the financial sector or government. in some cases a job offer comes from a former work placement employer. Finance and accounting graduates also have prospects in the world of corporate banking and financial services.

Graduates have gone on to work for organisations such as: natWest, hsBc, Ernst & young, morgan stanley, Pricewaterhousecoopers, merrill lynch, JP morgan, the london stock Exchange and uBs.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

e

con

om

ics

and

Fin

ance

Brunel university


We have site licenses for a number of interactive accounting software to promote your learning such as understand Bookkeeping, understand Auditing and understand Management Accounting.

our Finance and Accounting graduates are fully exempted from all Foundations in Accountancy (FiA) papers and are exempted from up to 7 ACCA fundamental papers out of 9.

112

Education

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

edu

cation

Brunel university

school of sport and education

educationannual intake: 25

Why study Education at BrunEl?

★★ you will benefit from an established partnership between Brunel and a variety of educational institutions and local schools.

★★ Brunel education degrees offer multicultural teaching opportunities. our location in West london and our diverse and well-established schools network means you will gain highly-valued experience learning to teach in vibrant multicultural schools.

★★ Education staff members have a high reputation for scholarship and are well known nationally and internationally for their research. We are host to a number of research centres, including the Brunel able children’s centre, and the university is also a leading research centre for work into supportive education (teaching high-ability children and those with learning difficulties).

★★ you can take advantage of free access to language classes and language laboratories.

courses at a Glance

contemporary Education Ba ................................................................ 114

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

e

du

cati

on



I saak is current ly s tudying Contemporar y Education BA

When applying through ucas Brunel was my first option, not only because it was local but also because it is an outstanding university and a great place to study. i am currently studying the Ba in contemporary education which i hope to follow with a Master’s.

this course has really helped me shape out my future. My goal is to complete the Master’s and move abroad to teach at primary level.

i have a very exciting placement in a secondary school working with teenagers, helping them with their post a-level options.

on this course you really don’t feel like you’re alone; one call or email and your lecturers will come to your rescue! they are all very helpful. overall it is a challenge, but success does not come easy!

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

edu

cation

114contact

nic crowe, admissions tutortel: +44 (0)1895 267146 email: [email protected]

Contemporary Education BAcheck the Web for up-to-date course, entry criteria and fees information.

aBout the course

this degree is a response to the changing and evolving nature of education in the broadest sense of the word. if you share our belief that creativity, culture and education are inextricably linked, this is the programme for you. it is appropriate for those contemplating a career in education professions, as a basis for counselling, education psychology, social services, lEa officers, social work, administration and education management, as well as for teaching.

the programme will equip you with a depth of understanding about the role of education in a diverse society, both within and beyond the uK. it is a forward-looking programme, designed for changing times and for people who will be making the decisions in the years to come.

the programme aims to enable students to acquire the knowledge, understanding and skills of contemporary educational theory, policy and practice; develop a range of transferable skills (eg critical reflection, systematic

analysis, communication, collaboration, presentation and writing); and enable students to develop key skills of lifelong learning and prepare them for further professional and academic qualifications and/or a range of education-related careers.

if you are considering teaching, you will need to complement your degree with a one-year PGcert (PGcE). successful completion of the Ba contemporary Education offers an opportunity to be considered for Brunel’s highly regarded PGcert Primary programme, provided you meet current government requirements and university entry criteria.

typical Modules

level 1

• UnderstandingLearning

• HumanDevelopment:childhood to adolescence 1

• EducationandSociety

• Multi-disciplinaryPerspectives

• StudySkillsandMethodsofEnquiry

• WorkinginEducationalsettings

entry criteria

Gce a-level BBB, including a social science subject.

advanced diploma progression diploma Grade B in society, health and development, retail Business, sport and active leisure, travel and tourism or Public services, plus an a-level at Grade B in a science or social science subject for additional and specialist learning.

iBdp 32 points.

Btec level 3 extended diploma ddd in a related subject.

access courses in a relevant subject area are considered on an individual basis.

For all of the above, 5 GcsE passes at Grade c or above are also required, to include English, MathematicsandScience(pleasenote these must have been gained by the time you submit your ucas application).

Mode oF study/ucas codes

X300 3-yEarSfULL-tiME; 6-yEarSpart-tiME

level 2

• LivingandLearninginDifferentCommunities:cultural Perspectives and comparisons

• HumanDevelopment:childhood to adolescence 2

• individualandGrouplearning in informal Environments

• MultiDisciplinaryPerspectives 2

• researchMethods

• ExploringEducationalEnvironments

level 3

• GrowingUpintwentyFirst century Britain

• Educationinformalcontexts

• Educationininformalcontexts

• researchinEducationalcontexts

• researchproject

teachinG and assessMent

you will be taught through various methods such as lectures, tutorials, workshops and seminars, independent learning and research project activities. your progress will be assessed in a variety of ways. assessment procedures include individual and group project work, essays, oral presentations, report writing and class-based tests.

eMployaBility

Brunel has always placed great emphasis on developing graduates who can innovate and who

can add value to society through their industry. Brunel students become the kind of graduates who employers want to recruit, and as a result they currently enjoy the 13th highest starting salaries in the uK. this success is down to a several factors.

• Combiningacademicstudywith work experience

• Creativeandforward-looking subjects

• anaward-winningcareers service

• Workingwhiletheystudy

• theentrepreneurialspirit

Work-Based experience

Work-based experience is designed to provide you with opportunities to apply and enhance your learning and research skills in professional settings. you will undertake a range of directed tasks and research activities at each level of study.

careers

Brunel contemporary Education graduates will enjoy careers in fieldssuchas:Educationadministration, after-school Programme co-ordinators, Early years Education, informal Education, Education Welfare, continuing Professional development coordinators, Business trainers and Primary teachers.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

e

du

cati

on

115

Richard and Nicola are f inal year Education students

i originally chose Brunel because of what the course here had to offer. there is a wide range of multicultural schools in the area, which gave me the best possible start to becoming a teacher.

Working in small groups gives you the opportunity to really get to know your peers, so you can help each other throughout the course.

if you’re big on sports, which i am, Brunel gives you the perfect opportunity to get involved. through different clubs i have met loads of new people and had a great social life as well.

Richard

Why Brunel? Well, there were countless reasons! the sociable atmosphere, the ‘family feeling’ around campus, the variety of sports available, the location, the degree quality and many more!

i have met some amazing people at Brunel, friends and staff alike. the teaching team have been caring, encouraging and friendly and attentive to everyone’s needs, and the course structure has been exciting and has made learning fun!

life outside my studies has been lively. trips to the nightclub on campus, Brunel dance classes and coaching trampolining have kept me active, determined and focused.

i have gained so many lifelong skills, i am now the best job candidate i can be.

Nicola

Brunel university




ElEctronic and computEr EnginEEring

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

electron

ic and

Co

mp

uter en

gin

eering

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

e

lect

ron

ic a

nd

Co

mp

ute

r en

gin

eeri

ng



Ian studied the Elect ronic and Elect r ical Engineering BEng

i chose Brunel as i had been working as an electrician on the new sports facilities and decided to have a look around and speak to the tutors, who were all very helpful and gave me some great advice. Based on that and the strong engineering reputation for academic excellence at Brunel, i applied.

there are a range of facilities available and a lot of computer labs with a lot of the latest software which was really useful.

During my course some of the lecturers were particularly inspiring and added a real enthusiasm to their subjects.

My experience at Brunel was a good one and although there is a lot of hard work, it does pay off if you are willing to work hard and learn.

eleCtroniC anD CoMputer engineeringannual intake: 150

Why study ElEctronic and computEr EnginEEring at BrunEl?

★★ We are highly committed to student-centred learning and have consistently demonstrated excellent student satisfaction with our courses in the national student survey.

★★ you will be taught by research-active staff who ensure our courses reflect the state-of-the-art and are designed to prepare you for the needs of industry and the wider marketplace.

★★ We have an award-winning placement and careers office to provide you with support to maximise your work placement opportunities and fully prepare you for life after your degree.

★★ you will benefit from a strong sense of community in the subject area, with group project activities in all degree programmes, an active undergraduate Electronics society and a personal tutoring system for small group and one-to-one tutoring.

Courses at a glanCe

Broadcast media (design and technology) Bsc .................................. 118

computer systems Engineering BEng .................................................. 120

computer systems Engineering (networks) BEng .............................. 120

computer systems Engineering (software) BEng ............................... 120

computer systems Engineering mEng ................................................ 122

Electrical Engineering with renewable Energy systems mEng ......... 124

Electronic and communications Engineering BEng/mEng ................ 126

Electronic and computer Engineering BEng/mEng .......................... 128

Electronic and Electrical Engineering /mEng ...................................... 130

multimedia technology and design Bsc ............................................. 132

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

electron

ic and

Co

mp

uter en

gin

eering

118ContaCt

Dr David smith, admissions tutortel: +44 (0)1895 265814 email: [email protected]

Broadcast Media (Design and Technology) BSc


aBout the Course

the tV and media industries are going through a period of rapid change with the digital revolution changing the way that tV programmes are recorded, produced, screened and viewed. the rapid growth of interactive and 3d tV has resulted in the need for a new type of creative technologist.

Well-educated, imaginative professionals are required who are fluent in the creative exploitation of new digital broadcast technology. this includes 2d/3d motion graphics designers, visual effects practitioners for tV, broadcast systems integrators, interactive technologists, and post-production and virtual production environments implementers.

the course’s aims are different to those of a Film and television studies course. We aim to produce creative designers with the technological skill to produce short duration (typically less than 2 minutes), high quality visual media for broadcast delivery to a professional standard.

the programme is a true integration of design creativity and technology. it

aims to provide students with multiple and hybrid skills and aptitudes, developing their technological and creative abilities.

the course is designed to promote the creative use of technology in the design, generation and post-production of digital tV broadcasting. there is no other programme in the uK that truly aims to develop both the technology and creative skill required for the industry. We are known to have a proven track record in courses of this kind.

typiCal MoDules

level 1

• FilmStyle

• SystemsandComputing

• DigitalTVProcessand practice

• DigitalMediaDesign

• StudioGroupProject

level 2

• MotionGraphics

• DesignPracticefor Broadcast

• Post-Productionandcompositing

• 3DDesignandAnimation

• Communication

• SoundandMusicproduction for Broadcast

entry Criteria

gCe a-level BBB, in either arts and humanities, sciences or a combination (general studies and critical thinking not accepted).

advanced Diploma progression diploma grade B in either creative and media or information technology, plus a B at a-level for additional and specialist learning.

BteC level 3 Extended diploma ddd.

iBDp 32 points.

access pass in an art, design, computing or media subject, with an average of merits in all units. all others considered on an individual basis.

For all of the above, 5 gcsEs or equivalent at grade c or above are also required, to include English and maths (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your ucas application).

all applicants are required to attend an interview including a portfolio review as part of the selection process before a formal offer is made.

MoDe oF stuDy/uCas CoDes

HW62 3-yEars Full-timE HW6F 4-yEars thicK-sandWich

level 3 Core

• MajorProject

• DigitalMediamanagement

level 3 options

• AdvancedMotionGraphics

• AdvancedCompositing

• MotionCaptureandadvanced 3d

• ImageinMotion

• BroadcastTechnology

teaChing anD assessMent

you will be taught through various methods such as lectures, studios, workshops and tutorials. you will receive one-to-one supervision in your final year project. there may also be guest speakers from prominent organisations, research seminars and external site visits. assessment is by a combination of essays, projects, presentations, audiovisual production and examination.

eMployaBility

applicants who have both creative ability and knowledge of the technology and its creative potential are in ever growing demand. the creative industries are growing at 6% per year but the tV industries are growing at 16% per year with average growth across all sectors at 4%. indeed, the creative industries have been a focus of central government interest over the last few years, perhaps signalling the emergence of a new and strong contributor to the uK’s gdp.

plaCeMents

you have the opportunity to undertake high quality work placements within prestigious organisations such as BskyB, stream uK, JVc, and dolby laboratories. increasingly, students are selecting smaller companies to obtain a more flexible placement opportunity.

the industrial placement year is assessed and contributes to your degree.

students who complete the thick-sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with professional development’.

Careers

there is a relaxed and friendly relationship between students and staff at Brunel and we take a genuine interest and pride in the success of our students and graduates. this, together with acknowledged high quality teaching and resources, results in an excellent record of employment amongst our graduates. our links with industry mean that graduates are well-placed to enter the dynamic world of digital tV. recent graduates have gone on to work for the BBc, Wurmsers tV graphics, philips, sky, Venturethree and a variety of design companies.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

e

lect

ron

ic a

nd

Co

mp

ute

r en

gin

eeri

ng

Brunel university


in a course directed at real hands-on practice rather than simulation or theoretical work, you will spend much of your time in a custom designed, integrated tv studio and post-production suite, both of which only use high-definition formats.

our broadcast facility will allow you to capture and manipulate high definition and 3D video using professional quality equipment – exactly the same as those used in the broadcast media industry.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

electron

ic and

Co

mp

uter en

gin

eering

120ContaCt



aBout the Course

Computer systems engineering

the need for systems engineers with knowledge and skills in electronic hardware and software co-design is a key requirement of the industry and for future technological systems progression.

this programme aims to produce highly qualified engineers who will take up demanding managerial roles within the electrical industry by developing leadership, innovation and creative skills to enable graduates to follow successful engineering careers, and aspire to senior managerial roles.

Computer systems engineering (networks)

in addition to the employability opportunities of the generic course, the networks route will produce professionals with specific expertise in networking and computing engineering. the industry sectors that would be attracted by these graduates vary from networking companies and computer manufacturers to mobile telecommunications and wireless infrastructures organisations.

systems engineering (software)

much like the generic course, the software route will produce graduates with specific knowledge and expertise in software engineering. accordingly, the

Beng entry Criteria

gCe a-level BBB, including a science, Engineering or maths subject (general studies and critical thinking not accepted).

advanced Diploma progression diploma grade B in Engineering, plus the specialist unit in maths for Engineers at grade B along with 1 as-level at grade B for additional and specialist learning.

BteC level 3 advanced Diploma ddd including distinction in a maths module and merit in either Electrical or Electronic principles.

iBDp 32 points, including 5 in higher level maths, science or an Engineering subject.

Foundations of engineering see the course page; for external foundation courses, please contact the admissions tutor.

access pass in an Engineering, computing or science subject, with an average of merits in all units, including merit in maths at level 3. all others considered on an individual basis.

For all of the above, 5 gcsEs or equivalent at grade c or above are also required, including English and maths (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your ucas application).


Beng MoDe oF stuDy/uCas CoDes

COMPUTER SYSTEMS ENGINEERING BEngGH56 3-yEars Full-timE GH5P 4-yEars thicK-sandWich

COMPUTER SYSTEMS ENGINEERING (NETWORKS) BEngG421 3-yEars Full-timE G4N6 4-yEars thicK-sandWich

COMPUTER SYSTEMS ENGINEERING (SOFTWARE) BEngG603 3-yEars Full-timE GKN6 4-yEars thicK-sandWich

the Engineering with an integrated Foundation year course is available for students who do not meet the standard entry criteria listed above and others – see page 200 for details.

Computer Systems Engineering BEng

Computer Systems Engineering (Networks) BEng

Computer Systems Engineering (Software) BEng

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

e

lect

ron

ic a

nd

Co

mp

ute

r en

gin

eeri

ng

Brunel university


employment careers of these graduates range from being employed in a software house, designing code to any kind of firmware or middleware responsible for driving a variety of hardware. this also includes most types of research led professional positions where software development is needed.

proFessional aCCreDitation

all our BEng programmes are accredited by the institution of Engineering and technology (iEt).

typiCal MoDules

level 1 Core

• DigitalSystemsandmicroprocessors

• ScriptingandWebapplications

• SystemsandProgramming

• ComputerSystemsmathematics

• InternetandWebtechnologies

• ComputerSystemsWorkshop

level 2 Core

• DataNetworks,services and security

• ComputerArchitectureand interfacing

• DigitalSystemDesignandreliability Engineering

• MultimediaContentanalysis and delivery

• ObjectOrientedSystemsprogramming

• EngineeringGroupdesign project

• Management

level 3 Core

• MajorIndividualProject

• DistributedSystemsand computing

level 3 Core (networks)

as for general course plus

• NetworkDesignandadvanced data security

level 3 Core (software)

as for general course plus

• SoftwareEngineeringand technology

• e-SystemsDevelopment


you will be taught through various methods such as lectures, laboratory work, tutorials, workshops and seminars. there may also be guest speakers from prominent organisations. you will receive one-to-one supervision in your final year project. assessment is by a combination of traditional exam, pre-seen exam (a case study to prepare in advance), written assignments, practical and creative design assignments, laboratory work and individual and group presentations. the percentage of coursework to exam varies from module to module across the course.

eMployaBility

now, and for the foreseeable future, the most significant growth will be in the development of reliable and efficient computer systems. the growth in demand for engineers who are able to design computer systems is therefore expected to continue. graduates with appropriate training in this discipline are likely to have excellent employment opportunities in such diverse fields as finance, leisure, media and marketing, as well as in all forms of engineering and computer industries.

plaCeMents

you have the opportunity to undertake high quality work placements within prestigious organisations such as intel, renesas, o2, general motors, gsK and motorola. increasingly, students are selecting smaller companies to obtain a more flexible placement opportunity. the university maintains close contact with you during your placement year. the industrial placement year is assessed and contributes to your degree. students who complete the thick-sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with professional development’.

Careers

recent graduates have gone on to work for prominent companies including Barclays global investors, the royal mail, thales, accenture, the Bank of scotland, British sky Broadcasting, Fujitsu, iBm uK ltd, logica, gmc, the office of Fair trading, Viglen ltd and a variety of design companies.

they have undertaken such roles as technologist, software developer, software Engineer, it specialist, technology analyst, Electronic development Engineer, computer Engineer, consultant, systems administrator, product development Engineer, it support officer and project delivery officer, to name but a few.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

electron

ic and

Co

mp

uter en

gin

eering

122ContaCt


Computer Systems Engineering MEng


aBout the Course

We live in the age of ‘any device, anytime, anywhere’ computing. technology, communications and consumer electronics are rapidly evolving, and computer systems are central to our everyday interaction, be it a large scale distributed system based on the internet or an embedded system in a consumer electronic device such as a mobile phone.

Brunel’s course comprises four systemic themes:

• programmingandsoftware engineering;

• computerarchitectureand applications;

• datacommunications;

• digitalelectronicsystems.

you will develop skills, expertise and knowledge in the areas of computer hardware and architecture, computer software, digital electronics, communication networks, embedded systems and interfacing.

the range of options available in later years of the programme will allow you to maintain breadth or to specialise, with a focus on computer hardware design, data communication networks or distributed computing.


all our BEng programmes are accredited by the institution of Engineering and technology (iEt). all our mEng programmes are linked to one of these accredited BEng programmes.

our mEng programmes are new and their accreditation is presently in the review stage. all our relevant msc programmes have iEt approval.

typiCal MoDules

level 1 Core


• ScriptingandWebapplications


• ComputerSystemsmathematics


• ComputerSystemsWorkshop

level 2 Core

• DataNetworks,services and security


• DigitalSystemDesignand reliability

• MultimediaContentanalysis and delivery

Meng entry Criteria

gCe a-level aBB, including a science, Engineering or maths subject (general studies and critical thinking not accepted).

advanced Diploma progression diploma grade a in Engineering, plus the specialist unit in maths for Engineers at grade B along with 1 as-level at grade c for additional and specialist learning.

BteC level 3 extended Diploma d*dd, including distinction* in a maths module and distinction in either Electrical or Electronic principles

iBDp 33 points, including 6 in higher level maths, science or an Engineering subject.

Foundations of engineering see the course page; for external foundation courses, please contact the admissions tutor.

access pass in an Engineering, computing or science subject, with an average of distinctions in all units, including distinctions in maths at level 3. all others considered on an individual basis.



Meng MoDe oF stuDy/uCas CoDes

G600 4-yEars Full-timE GH5Q 5-yEars thicK-sandWich


Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

e

lect

ron

ic a

nd

Co

mp

ute

r en

gin

eeri

ng

Brunel university


• ObjectOrientedSystemsprogramming


• Management

level 3 Core


• DesignofIntelligentsystems

• NetworkDesignandadvanced data security

• AdvancedDigitalSystems

level 4 Core


• EmbeddedSystemsEngineering

• Innovation,BusinessandEnterprise for Engineers

level 4 options (any three from)

• ComputerNetworks

• OpticalSatelliteandmobile communications

• NetworkDesignandmanagement

• AdvancedMobileSystems

• IntelligentSignalprocessing


you will be taught through various methods such as lectures, laboratory work, tutorials, workshops and seminars. there may also be guest speakers from prominent organisations. you will receive one-to-one supervision in your final year project. assessment is by a combination of traditional exam, pre-seen exam (a case study to prepare in advance), written assignments, practical and creative design assignments, laboratory work and individual and

group presentations. the percentage of coursework to exam varies from module to module across the course.

eMployaBility

computers have had a tremendous impact on every facet of our lives at home and work, in leisure and in communication. now, and for the foreseeable future, the most significant growth will be in the development of reliable and efficient computer systems. the growth in demand for engineers who are able to design computer systems is therefore expected to continue. graduates with appropriate training in this discipline are likely to have excellent employment opportunities in such diverse fields as finance, leisure, media and marketing, as well as in all forms of engineering and computer industries.

plaCeMents

you have the opportunity to undertake high quality work placements within prestigious organisations such as intel, renesas, o2, general motors, gsK and motorola. increasingly, students are selecting smaller companies to obtain a more flexible placement opportunity. the university maintains close contact with you during your placement year. the industrial placement year is assessed and contributes to your degree. students who complete the thick-sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with professional development’.

Careers

recent graduates have gone on to work for prominent companies including Barclays global investors, the royal mail, thales, accenture, the Bank of scotland, British sky Broadcasting, Fujitsu, iBm uK ltd, logica, gmc, the office of Fair trading, Viglen ltd and a variety of design companies.

they have undertaken such roles as technologist, software developer, software Engineer, it specialist, technology analyst, Electronic development Engineer, computer Engineer, consultant, systems administrator, product development Engineer, it support officer and project delivery officer, to name but a few.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

electron

ic and

Co

mp

uter en

gin

eering

124ContaCt


Electrical Engineering with Renewable Energy Systems MEng


aBout the Course

renewable energy and the reduction of carbon emissions are at the top of the global agenda. this programme addresses the fundamentals of renewable energy and how solar, wind, wave and other such energy sources can be efficiently integrated into practical power systems.

this programme will educate the electrical engineers of the future who will be able to tackle issues associated with the operation, planning and management of sustainable electrical systems. graduates will be able to effectively apply their knowledge and skills to solving the problems associated with the design, integration and development of technological solutions for modern electric power and power electronic systems.

the course will develop leadership, innovation and creativity as well as design, analytical and transferable skills, to enable graduates to follow successful engineering careers, and to aspire to senior managerial roles at the forefront of the dynamic and rapidly expanding technological industries.


this is a new mEng programme and accreditation is presently in the review stage.

typiCal MoDules

level 1 Core


• DevicesandCircuits

• Level1ElectricalEngineering Workshop


• ElectronicEngineeringmathematics

• EngineeringScience,systems and society

level 2 Core

• Communication

• DigitalSystemsDesignandreliability Engineering

• ElectricalEngineeringand sustainability

• ElectronicSystems

• SignalsandSystems

• EngineeringGroupProject

• Management

entry Criteria

gCe a-level aBB, including grade B in maths and grade B in a science or Engineering subject (general studies and critical thinking not accepted).

advanced Diploma progression diploma grade a in Engineering, plus the specialist unit in maths for Engineers at grade c along with 1 as-level at grade c for additional and specialist learning.

BteC level 3 extended Diploma d*dd including distinction in a maths module and distinction in either Electrical or Electronic principles.

iBDp 33 points, including 5 in higher level maths and 5 in a higher level science or Engineering subject.



all applicants are required to attend an interview before a formal offer is made.

MoDe oF stuDy/uCas CoDes

H6H2 4-yEars Full-timE H6HF 5-yEars thicK-sandWich


level 3 Core


• AdvancedDevicesandElectronic systems design

• ControlSystems

• PowerElectronicsand systems

• RenewableEnergyin power systems

level 4 Core



options (four from)

• EnergyEconomicsand power

• PowerElectronicsand Facts

• PowerSystemStabilityand control

• SustainablePowergeneration

• PowerSystemAnalysisand security

• PowerSystemOperationand management


you will be taught through various methods such as lectures, laboratory work, tutorials, workshop and seminars. there may also be guest speakers from prominent organisations. you will receive one-to-one supervision in your final year project. assessment is by a combination of traditional exam, pre-seen exam (a case study to prepare in advance), written assignments, practical and creative design assignments, laboratory work and individual and group presentations.

eMployaBility

graduates with appropriate training in this discipline are likely to have excellent opportunities in diverse fields such as finance, leisure, media and marketing as well as in all forms of engineering and in the computer industries.

plaCeMents

if you opt for a sandwich course, you will have the added bonus of putting your academic study into practice and developing ideas about future careers. some graduates are offered full-time graduate posts at the companies where they carried out their work placements.

the industrial placement year is assessed and contributes to your degree. students who complete the thick-sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with professional development’.

Careers

the course provides students with the design, analytical and transferable skills required to exploit and lead the dynamic and rapidly expanding technological industries.

our students have excellent employment prospects. recent graduates have gone on to work for prestigious companies including the BBc, Virgin airways, opodo, philips, siemens and a variety of design companies.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

e

lect

ron

ic a

nd

Co

mp

ute

r en

gin

eeri

ng

Brunel university


Br

un

el un

iver

sity

electron

ic and

Co

mp

uter en

gin

eering

126ContaCt


Electronic and Communications Engineering BEng/MEng


aBout the Course

Electronics equipment and products are becoming a vital part of our daily lives, from simple mp3 players, mobile phones and computers to highly sophisticated diagnostic equipment used in hospitals and state-of the-art fibre optic communications systems. computers, telecommunication systems and consumer electronics are advancing at a fast pace.

this is a traditional and broad-based course which aims to produce well-rounded engineers with a high level of analytical and engineering design skills.

From calculators to supercomputers, from telephones to global satellite communications, from dynamos to the national grid, you will gain key knowledge and understanding. as well as an invaluable overview of this field, you will also have the opportunity to specialise in communications systems in your final year.


all our BEng programmes are accredited by the institution of Engineering and technology (iEt). all our mEng programmes are linked

to one of these accredited BEng programmes. our mEng programmes are new and their accreditation is presently in the review stage.

Course Content

if you choose the mEng programme you can study for an additional fourth year (level 4), which will take your degree to master’s standard.

typiCal MoDules

level 1 Core



• Level1ElectronicEngineering Workshop




level 2 Core

• Communication






• Management

Beng entry Criteria

gCe a-level BBB, including grade B in maths and a science or Engineering subject (general studies and critical thinking not accepted).


BteC level 3 Extended diploma ddd including distinction in a maths module and merit in either Electrical or Electronic principles.






H693 3-yEars Full-timE H690 4-yEars thicK-sandWich

the Engineering with an integrated Foundation year course is available for students who do not meet the standard entry criteria listed above – see page 200 for details.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

e

lect

ron

ic a

nd

Co

mp

ute

r en

gin

eeri

ng

Brunel university


Meng entry Criteria

gCe a-level aaB, including grade B in maths and grade B in a science or Engineering subject (general studies and critical thinking not accepted).










level 3 Core

• MajorIndividualproject and project management (BEng)

• AdvancedElectronics• DigitalCommunications

systems• AdvancedDesignand

Electronic systems (mEng)

level 3 options

• DesignofIntelligentsystems

• ControlSystems• MultimediaDigitalSignal

processing (mEng)• AdvancedDigital

systems (mEng)

level 4 (Meng) Core



level 4 options (four from)


• AdvancedMultimediaprocessing

• IntelligentSignalProcessing• DataCommunication• ComputerNetwork• OpticalSatelliteand

mobile communications• AdvancedDigital

communications• AdvancedMobileSystems• RadioandOptical

communication systems


you will be taught through various methods such as lectures, laboratory work, tutorials, workshop and seminars. there may also be guest speakers from prominent organisations. you will receive one-to-one supervision in your final year project.

eMployaBility

computers have had a tremendous impact on every facet of our lives at home and work, in leisure and in communication. now, and for the foreseeable future, the most significant growth will be in the development of reliable and efficient computer systems, and the unprecedented demand for engineers able to design computer systems is therefore set to continue. the growth of embedded electronic systems in all areas of our lives has created exciting employment prospects across all areas of industry and business.

plaCeMents

you have the opportunity to undertake high quality work placements within prestigious organisations such as intel, 3m, group 4 technology, Bp and ultra Electronics. increasingly, students are selecting smaller companies to obtain a more flexible placement opportunity. the industrial placement year is assessed and contributes to your degree. students who complete the thick-sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with professional development’.

Careers

the majority of our graduates move into research, development or manufacturing companies – a choice many make when accepting sponsorship from a company.

recent graduates have gone on to work for companies including the BBc, Virgin airways, siemens and a variety of design companies.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

electron

ic and

Co

mp

uter en

gin

eering

128ContaCt


Electronic and Computer Engineering BEng/MEng


aBout the Course

Electronics equipment and products are becoming a vital part of our daily lives, from simple mp3 players, mobile phones and computers to highly sophisticated diagnostic equipment used in hospitals and state-of the-art fibre optic communications systems.

developed in response to the needs of industry, this degree will give you advanced level knowledge and skills in the design of complex electronic and microelectronic systems.

We aim to produce graduates who are part of a high-tech elite – greatly sought-after professionals with specialist understanding and skills in microelectronics, but who also have a solid knowledge of electronic engineering as a whole. this will give you ultimate vision and flexibility in your future career.


all our BEng programmes are accredited by the institution of Engineering and technology (iEt). all our mEng programmes are linked to one of these accredited BEng programmes. our mEng programmes are new and their accreditation is presently in the review stage.

Course Content


typiCal MoDules

level 1 Core







level 2 Core




• ObjectOrientedSystemsand programming



• Management

level 3 Core

• MajorIndividualProjectand project management

• AdvancedElectronics(BEng)


Beng entry Criteria



BteC level 3 Extended diploma ddd including distinction in a maths module and merit in either Electrical or Electronic principles.






H604 3-yEars Full-timE H6N6 4-yEars thicK-sandWich


Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

e

lect

ron

ic a

nd

Co

mp

ute

r en

gin

eeri

ng

Brunel university


• AdvancedDevicesandElectronic systems design (mEng)

options (Beng two from, Meng one from)

• MultimediaDigitalSignalprocessing (mEng core)

• SoftwareEngineeringand technology

• DesignofIntelligentsystems (BEng)

• ControlSystems

• DistributedSystemsand computing

level 4 (Meng) Core




options (three from)

• DataCommunication

• ComputerNetworks

• DigitalVLSIDesign

• NetworkDesignandmanagement

• AdvancedMultimediaprocessing




you will be taught through various methods such as lectures, laboratory work, tutorials, workshops and seminars. there may also be guest speakers from prominent organisations. you will receive one-to-one supervision in your final year project. assessment is by a combination of traditional exam, pre-seen exam (a case study to prepare in advance), written assignments,

practical and creative design assignments, laboratory work and individual and group presentations.

eMployaBility

computers have had a tremendous impact on every facet of our lives at home and work, in leisure and in communication. now, and for the foreseeable future, the most significant growth will be in the development of reliable and efficient computer systems, and the unprecedented demand for engineers able to design computer systems is therefore set to continue. the growth of embedded electronic systems in all areas of our lives has created exciting employment prospects across all areas of industry and business.

plaCeMents


Careers

the majority of our graduates move into research, development or manufacturing companies – a choice many make when accepting sponsorship from a company – but opportunities do exist in most other professional spheres such as medicine, finance, management and the media. recent graduates have gone on to work for prestigious companies including the BBc, Virgin airways, opodo, philips, intel, siemens and a variety of design companies.

Meng entry Criteria









HGP4 4-yEars Full-timE HG6L 5-yEars thicK-sandWich


Br

un

el un

iver

sity

electron

ic and

Co

mp

uter en

gin

eering

130ContaCt


Beng entry Criteria



BteC level 3 extended Diploma ddd including distinction in a maths module and merit in either Electrical or Electronic principles.








Electronic and Electrical Engineering BEng/MEng


aBout the Course

Electronics equipment and products are becoming a vital part of our daily lives, from simple mp3 players, mobile phones and computers to highly sophisticated diagnostic equipment used in hospitals and state-of the-art fibre optic communications systems.

Engineers, technologists and designers are the architects and implementers of this technological revolution and are in very great demand throughout industry, commerce and the public sector. We aim to produce well-educated, imaginative and professionally-trained engineers and designers who can meet the challenge of rapid technological development.


all our BEng programmes are accredited by the institution of Engineering and technology (iEt). all our mEng programmes are linked to one of these accredited BEng programmes. our mEng programmes are new and their accreditation is presently in the review stage.

Course Content


typiCal MoDules

level 1 Core







level 2 Core

• Communication


• ElectricalEngineeringand sustainability




• Management

level 3 Core


• AdvancedElectronics

• AdvancedDevicesand Electronic system design (mEng)

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

e

lect

ron

ic a

nd

Co

mp

ute

r en

gin

eeri

ng

Brunel university


Meng entry Criteria



BteC level 3 extended Diploma dd*dd including distinction in a maths module and distinction in either Electrical or Electronic principles.


access pass in an Engineering, computing or science subject, with an average of merits in all units, including merits in maths at level 3. all others considered on an individual basis.






options (Beng three from, Meng two from)

• DesignofIntelligentsystems (BEng)

• DigitalCommunicationssystems

• ControlSystems

• PowerElectronicsandsystems (mEng core)

• MultimediaDigitalsignal processing


• RenewableEnergyin power systems

level 4 (Meng) Core


• DigitalVLSIDesign


options (three from)

• DataCommunication

• DSPforCommunications




• PowerElectronicsand Facts

• PowerSystemStabilityand control

• RadioandOpticalcommunication systems

• Real-TimeDigitalSignalprocessing systems


you will be taught through various methods such as lectures, laboratory work, tutorials, workshop and seminars. there may also be guest speakers from prominent organisations. you will receive one-to-one supervision in your final year

project. assessment is by a combination of traditional exam, pre-seen exam (a case study to prepare in advance), written assignments, practical and creative design assignments, laboratory work and individual and group presentations.

eMployaBility

graduates with appropriate training in this discipline are likely to have excellent opportunities in diverse fields such as finance, leisure, media and marketing as well as in all forms of engineering and in the computer industries.

plaCeMents


Careers

the majority of our graduates move into research, development or manufacturing companies – a choice many make when accepting sponsorship from a company – but opportunities do exist in most other professional spheres such as computing, medicine, finance, management and the media. recent graduates have gone on to work for companies including the BBc, Virgin airways, siemens and a variety of design companies.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

electron

ic and

Co

mp

uter en

gin

eering

132ContaCt


Multimedia Technology and Design BSc


aBout the Course

this unique multidisciplinary course is focused on the intersection of the arts and sciences. as a result of this vivid interaction a stream of new ideas and of new forms of creativity can be generated. our courses combine ideas from digital technologies with those of creative design. the programme is hands-on and intellectually and creatively challenging. you should be someone who appreciates the role of communication in human life. you will take pride and care in how you organise and present your work, and you should be fascinated by the power of the computer and what you have been able to do with it.

the course assumes no specific educational subject background, but does require an interest in it combined with creative design flair.

Course Content

at levels 1 and 2, the use of practical creative studios plays a central role in consolidating understanding of taught material, and in the development of design and creative skills. our studio work makes use of individual studios devoted to motion capture, photography, web design, 3d graphics, 2d graphics, sound and video

capture/editing. Within these environments we use a wide variety of teaching, learning and assessment methods.

typiCal MoDules

level 1

• DigitalMediaDesign

• MultimediaStudios

• SystemsandComputing


level 2

• TimeandMotion

• 3DDesignandAnimation

• Communication

• DesignPractice

• WebApplications

• Interaction

level 3 Core

• MajorProject

• DigitalMediaManagement

level 3 options

• SoundandMusicproduction for mixed media

• DatabasesforMultimediaapplications

• MotionCaptureandadvanced 3d

• eBusiness

• EmergentMultimediatechnologies

• SoftwareEngineering

• ImageinMotion

• BroadcastTechnology

entry Criteria

gCe a-level BBB. arts and humanities subjects, science subjects or a combination are acceptable, and although not a requirement, we particularly encourage applicants studying art or creative design qualifications such as design and technology, art, photography and music and/or students studying ict-oriented programmes. general studies and critical thinking not accepted

advanced Diploma progression diploma grade B in creative and media or information technology, plus an a-level at grade B for additional and specialist learning

BteC level 3 extended Diploma ddd

iBDp 32 points

access pass in an art, design, computing or media subject, with average of merits in all units. all others considered on an individual basis

For all of the above, 5 gcsEs at grade c or above are also required, to include English and maths (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your ucas application)

all applicants are required to attend an interview before a formal offer is made

MoDes oF stuDy/ uCas CoDes

H6W2 3-yEars Full-timE H6WG 4-yEars thicK-sandWich


you will be taught through various methods such as lectures, tutorials, studio work, workshops and seminars and you will receive one-to-one supervision in your final year project. if you go on a placement you will also be allocated an academic visiting tutor who will help you to set objectives, monitor your progress, and provide further support.

assessment is by a combination of, traditional exam, written assignments, practical and creative design projects and individual and group presentations.

eMployaBility

the course has a large number of possible career outcomes, and we have one of the strongest track records within the university for graduates finding employment in the same sector as their degree.

plaCeMents

if you opt for a sandwich course, you will have the added bonus of putting your academic study into practice and developing ideas about future careers. some graduates are offered full-time graduate posts at the companies where they carried out their work placements. you have the opportunity to undertake high quality work placements within prestigious organisations such as Warner Bros, Xerox, canon, lightmaker, snow Valley, and hewlett packard. increasingly, students are

selecting smaller companies to obtain a more flexible placement opportunity.

the industrial placement year is assessed and contributes to your degree.

Careers

throughout the school and the subject area, there is a relaxed and friendly relationship between students and staff, and we take a genuine interest and pride in the success of our students and graduates. this, together with acknowledged high quality teaching and resources, results in an excellent record of employment amongst our graduates.

previous students have become information architects, motion graphics designers, user experience architects, web designers/developers and digital managers. they have gone on to work for companies such as dare digital, lBi, lightmaker, Xerox, iBm, sega, hallmark and reading room. many work for highly creative, digital agencies with quite small employee numbers, while others work for departments within larger corporations. a number of students work freelance or have founded their own companies.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

e

lect

ron

ic a

nd

Co

mp

ute

r en

gin

eeri

ng

Brunel university


Beth is s tudying the Mult imedia Technology and Design BSc

the reason behind my choice to study at Brunel stemmed from my love of design and the fantastic opportunities Brunel had to integrate this within the engineering field. the course offered a sandwich placement which was fantastic as i was able to spend a year at Warner Bros. entertainment, as the team’s designer in the Consumer products department. this offered amazing opportunities such as working on the final harry potter movie and designing full apparel ranges for big retailers. outside of my course i am also assisting the ’Made in Brunel’ events and Brand Communications teams. i also work part-time at the Brunel Business school, which i found through the help of the Jobshop on campus as well as freelancing for W.B. in my spare time.

now in my final year at Brunel i’m looking into possible graduate schemes within the web design industry with help from the placement and Careers Centre.


school of Health sciences and social Care

HealtH ScienceS and Social care

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Health

sciences an

d so

cial Care

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

H

ealt

h s

cien

ces

and

so

cial

Car

e



Emma made her senior debut in the GB team in 2010, just weeks af ter f inishing her Physiotherapy degree.

As a sports scholar i enjoyed benefits such as free access to Brunel’s fantastic facilities, lucozade supplements and a grant. the university was very supportive of my running and i loved competing for Brunel as we have a very motivated athletics team that seems to be getting better every year!

My degree was quite challenging and i had to work a lot of hours. it was hard to balance with training, but the university was brilliant in trying to organise placements as near to training as possible.

i would highly recommend the Physiotherapy course and athletics at Brunel, and i felt proud wearing those blue and yellow colours out on the track!

Emma is pictured with Dame Kelly Holmes, at Kelly’s honorary graduation ceremony at Brunel.

Kelly mentors Emma as part of her ‘On Camp with Kelly’ initiative.

HeAltH sCienCes And soCiAl CAreAnnual intake: 440

Why study health sciences and social care at Brunel?

★★ Brunel offers outstanding facilities, including state-of-the art Biomedical sciences laboratories and first-rate facilities in the Mary seacole Building, which opened in 2006.

★★ students benefit from close links with colleagues in the nhs, social services and voluntary organisations around london, through research and practice placements.

★★ We have an impressive record of research, innovation and publication. lecturers’ leading-edge findings feed into our courses to ensure content is up-to-date and original, and a number of academics are internationally renowned scientists in their fields of expertise.

★★ depending on your degree programme, there may be opportunities to undertake part of your studies overseas.

Courses At A GlAnCe

Biomedical sciences Bsc ........................................................................ 136

Biomedical sciences (Biochemistry) Bsc ............................................... 136

Biomedical sciences (Forensic) Bsc ....................................................... 136

Biomedical sciences (Genetics) Bsc .............................................................

Biomedical sciences (human health) Bsc ............................................ 136

Biomedical sciences (immunology) Bsc ............................................... 136

occupational therapy Bsc .................................................................... 138

Physiotherapy Bsc .................................................................................. 140

social Work Ba ....................................................................................... 142

specialist community Public health nursing Bsc ............................... 144

specialist social Work (adults/children and Families) Ba .................. 146

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Health

sciences an

d so

cial Care

136ContACt

dr Anthony tsolaki, Admissions tutortel: +44 (0)1895 266077 email: [email protected]

Biomedical Sciences BSc


ABout tHe Course

the modern biomedical scientist needs to be familiar with a wide range of subject disciplines including biochemistry, genetics, cell and molecular biology, immunology, and anatomy and physiology, as related to human health, disease and treatment.

you can follow the mainstream Biomedical sciences degree or select a particular pathway, allowing you to gain specialist knowledge in your chosen area.

• TheBiochemistry pathway explores the role of various biochemical pathways in normal metabolism, and also how these pathways may be altered during specific human diseases.

• TheForensic pathway emphasises the basic principles of forensic investigation and analysis and their application to the study of various criminal activities.

• TheGenetics pathway emphasises how the role of various genetic mutations alter cellular processes and biomechanical pathways in normal metabolism, and also how these pathways may be altered during specific human disease.

• TheHuman Health pathway focuses on the role of infectious organisms in disease and how human activities can lead to disease transmission.

• Theimmunology pathway provides a greater understanding of the role of the immune system in preventing human disease and focuses on how deficiencies in immunity can result in disease susceptibility.

Course Content

level 1 is compulsory for all pathways, and gives a background in cellular and biochemical processes. at level 2, all pathways with the exception of Biochemistry have optional study block choices. at level 3, you are given as much choice as possible to allow you to follow your interests.

tyPiCAl study BloCks

level 1 Core

• TheHumanBody:Principles of anatomy and Physiology

• Biochemistry:Structureand Function

• BiologyoftheCell

• PracticalSkillsInBiomedical sciences

• ResearchSkills

• CriticalThinking1

entry CriteriA

GCe A-level BBB, with B in a-level Biology, human Biology, chemistry or Physics.

Advanced diploma not currently accepted.

BteC level 3 extended diploma ddd in a related subject.

iBdP 32 points, including 6 in higher level Biology, chemistry or Physics.


Foundation Course Pass in a related subject.

For all of the above, 5 Gcses or equivalent at Grade c or above are also required, to include english, Maths and science (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your ucas application).


BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES BScC900 3-years Full-tiMe C901 4-years thick-sandWich

BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES (BIOCHEMISTRY) BScC722 3-years Full-tiMe C723 4-years thick-sandWich

BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES (FORENSIC) BScF410 3-years Full-tiMe F411 4-years thick-sandWich

BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES (GENETICS) BScC400 3-years Full-tiMe C401 4-years thick-sandWich

BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES (HUMAN HEALTH) BScB990 3-years Full-tiMe B991 4-years thick-sandWich

BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES (IMMUNOLOGY) BScC550 3-years Full-tiMe C551 4-years thick-sandWich

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

H

ealt

h s

cien

ces

and

so

cial

Car

e

Brunel university


level 2 Core

• Molecularandcellular Biology

• GeneticEngineeringand immunobiology

• Principlesofhuman disease

• CareerSkills

• CriticalThinking2

• AnalyticalBiochemistry(core Biochemistry)

• MetabolicRegulation(core Biochemistry)

• MedicalMicrobiology(core human health and immunology)

• Geneticsanddevelopment (core Genetics and Forensics)

level 2 options

• AnalyticalBiochemistry

• MetabolicRegulation

• GeneticsandDevelopment

• MedicalMicrobiology

level 3 Core

• FinalYearProject

• MedicalBiochemistry(core Biochemistry)

• ForensicTechnologies(core Forensics)

• GenomicTechnologies(core Genetics)

• MicrobialPathogenesis(core human health and immunology)

• MedicalImmunology(core immunology)

Plus 3 from

• BiologyandTreatmentof cancer

• CellularPathologies

• EndocrineDisorders

• GenomicMedicine

• MedicalImmunology

• MolecularPharmacologyand toxicology


you will be taught through various methods such as lectures, tutorials, laboratory work and seminars and you will receive one-to-one supervision in your final year project. you must pass level 1 in order to progress to the next level, but the grades do not contribute to your final degree classification. level 2 grades contribute one third and level 3 marks contribute two thirds to the overall degree award.

eMPloyABility

studying biomedical sciences will equip you with a range of transferable and employability skills that will enable you to follow the career you want after graduation. We also give all our students the opportunity to develop the skills and competencies needed for employment through a unique, credit-rated study/assessment block at level 2, which is delivered in partnership with employers and the Placement and careers centre.

PlACeMents

your employability will be increased by undertaking a one-year work placement at a company or institution such as Glaxosmithkline or cancer research uk, or within hospitals and medical research institutes. students who complete the thick-sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with Professional experience’.

CAreers

in recent years, graduates have found employment with a wide range of companies, in both the public and private sectors. some examplesinclude:Ministryof agriculture and Fisheries, home office Forensic science service, laboratory of the Government chemist, hospitals and nhs research centres, shell ltd, national institute for Medical research, unilever research ltd, Bass Breweries, novartis, chester Beatty research institute, kennedy institute of rheumatology, Glaxosmithkline and Parexel international.

a substantial proportion of our graduates go on to obtain higher degrees by research (such as taught Msc courses, MPhil and Phd) or study for further qualifications such as medicine, dentistry, ophthalmology or teaching. For further information on career destinations for Brunel Biosciences students, go to the Placement and careers centre page.

For those wishing to pursue a career as an nhs medical laboratory scientific officer, please note that this course is not iBMs accredited.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Health

sciences an

d so

cial Care

138ContACt

Christopher Bailey, Admissions tutor tel: +44 (0)1895 268739email (full-time enquiries): [email protected] email (part-time enquiries): [email protected]

Occupational Therapy BSc


ABout tHe Course

as occupational therapists and as educators we value human occupation, believing that an individual’s occupational performance is integral to health and quality of life. Viewing people as individuals is central to our occupational therapy philosophy. a client-centred approach facilitates the practical application of this philosophy and recognises the importance of the therapist to enable optimum occupational performance.

By studying on this course, students will become able to work with people across the lifespan, from birth to death, with those who have health problems, those who are learning new skills for the first time, or those who are regaining lost skills. students will learn to work with people in a variety of situations who may have physical or mental health problems, or be disabled from birth or because of disease or injury. the central aim of the programme is to enable students to be able to register and practice as occupational therapists; enabling individuals and groups to achieve and maintain optimum levels of functional ability, and to be able to engage in the activities and occupations they need and want to do.

students learn the core skills and knowledge of occupational therapy, integrated with inter-professional issues and research. Periods of academic study on campus are interspersed with practice placements. students are also encouraged to examine the evidence base of occupational therapy, concluding in the presentation of a research proposal.

ProFessionAl ACCreditAtion

the programme is approved by the health Professions council and accredited by the college of occupational therapists. Graduates are eligible to apply for registration with the health Professions council and for a license to practise. you may also apply for membership of the British association or college of occupational therapists.

Course Content

the course integrates theory with practice. Periods of campus-based study will prepare you for practice placements, and then information and experience gained on placements provides much of the case study material used in university study.

entry CriteriA

GCe A-level BBB, including Grade B in Biology, human Biology, Psychology or sociology.

Advanced diploma Progression diploma Grade B in society, health and development plus a-level Biology or human Biology at Grade B for additional and specialist learning.

BteC level 3 extended diploma ddd in a health-related subject.

iBdP 32 points including Biology, human Biology or Psychology.

Access Pass in a relevant subject, including at least 65% of level 3 units with Merit and distinction.

For all of the above, 5 Gcses or equivalent at Grade c or above are also required, to include english and Maths (please note that these should have been gained by the time you submit your ucas application).

a satisfactory health declaration and enhanced criminal records Bureau (crB) check will be required.

Mature students a high percentage of our intake are mature students, and these applicants are considered on individual merit, relevant work experience and evidence of recent academic achievement. Grade c at Gcse in both english and Maths is required.

Part-time students in addition to the full-time requirements, part-time students must have experience of working with people with disabilities or who have encountered social exclusion.


B920 3-years Full-tiMe; 4-years Part-tiMe

tyPiCAl Modules

level 1

• Communicationandclinical effectiveness

• PracticePlacementI

• OccupationalTherapyI

• OccupationalPerformance

• ProfessionalDevelopment

level 2

• OccupationalTherapyII

• PracticePlacementII

• PracticePlacementIII

• EnablingHealthandWell-being through occupation

level 3


• OccupationalTherapyIII

• PracticePlacementIV

• ResearchProposal

• ResearchMethods


you will be taught through various methods such as problem-focused seminars, practical work, group work, lectures, private study and tutorials. as you progress through your studies, your performance in all modules will be assessed. assessment includes written examinations, essays and reports together with practical presentations. you will be assessed on each practice placement and must pass these in order to graduate.

eMPloyABility

you will develop a variety of transferable skills in the context of problem-focused learning and in practice placements, and your placements will give you the opportunity to practice these in the workplace. Theyincludetheabilityto:

• communicateeffectively,both verbally and in writing;

• identifyanduseresources effectively;

• gatherinformationandorganise it appropriately;

• useinformationtechnology in accessing relevant articles and especially within research processes;

• workindependentlyandcollaboratively when studying, and when resolving problems.

CAreers

occupational therapy has developed rapidly over the past decade and there are opportunities to work in the health and social care sector with people of all ages and all types of disability. More recently, the profession has seen rapid development in the voluntary sector, private practice, schools, prisons and industry.

Future developments are likely to be in vocational rehabilitation, medico-legal practice, forensic mental health, and health promotion.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

H

ealt

h s

cien

ces

and

so

cial

Car

e

Brunel university


employers recognise that practice placements give students the confidence and skills required for graduate employment:

Hillingdon Association of voluntary services has been delighted to offer several Brunel students a placement in the voluntary and community sector. All placements have been first-class and it has been great to see the individuals grow, develop and learn new skills as the placement has progressed. in the current economic conditions it is vital that students seize every opportunity to gain access to a good job when they graduate.

Ted Hil l, Hil l ingdon Associat ion of Voluntar y Ser vices

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Health

sciences an

d so

cial Care

140ContACt

Full-time mode - standard entry (for applicants under the age of 21 years at point of entry)Alan esnouftel: +44 (0)1895 268757 email: [email protected]

Physiotherapy BSc (full-time programme)


ABout tHe Course

the Bsc Physiotherapy Bsc (hons) programme is a long established and highly successful programme which aims to prepare you for professional autonomy and excellence in clinical practice. it provides you with a strong scientific foundation and encourages you to develop excellent practical and clinical reasoning skills. all of this is essential for you to safely and effectively treat patients.

the programme also provides you with the means to critically evaluate the effectiveness of your own treatments and those of others – a skill which is vital to continuing evidence-based practice. a sound working knowledge of research methodology provides you with the basis for this evaluation process and also provides you with the tools to develop your own research interests at any stage of your professional career.

ProFessionAl ACCreditAtion

successful completion of this course means you will be eligible to apply for registration with the health Professions council.

Course Content

all modules are core to the curriculum, and are therefore compulsory.

Module outlines

year 1 - term 1

• Anatomy1

• Rehabilitation1

• Pathophysiology

• ProfessionalDevelopment

term 2

• Anatomy2

• Rehabilitation2

• Musculoskeletal1-Thelower Quadrant

• Respiratory

term 3

the 11 weeks of term 2 teaching ends with a one-week revision period and three weeks of the easter break. after easter the term finally ends with a three-week exam period in which term 2 modules and any outstanding modules from term 1 will be assessed.

year 2 - term 1

this 11-week teaching period includes two new assessed modules plus the ongoing professional development module and the study block clinical Preparation.

• Musculoskeletal2–Theupper Quadrant

• Neurorehabilitation

• ClinicalPreparation

entry CriteriA

GCe A-level aBB, to include grade B in Biology or human Biology or Grade B in at least one subjectfromthefollowinglist:chemistry, classical civilisations, economics, english, Geography, history, languages, law, Maths (Further Maths or statistics), Physical education, Physics, Politics, Psychology, sociology, sport studies. (General studies and critical thinking not accepted).

Advanced diploma no subjects currently accepted.

iBdP 33 points including 6 in higher level Biology.

BteC level 3 diploma dd + aB in a-levels - with Grade B in Biology or human Biology and grade a from the preferred list.

BteC level 3 subsidiary diploma d + aB in a-levels - with grade B in Biology or human Biology and Grade a from the preferred list.

non-standard entrants/mature students

Please check the website

interviews all shortlisted applicants sit a written test and are observed in group interviews.

isA/CrB an enhanced criminal records Bureau (crB) check along with a satisfactory health declaration will be required.


B160 3-years Full-tiMe 4-years Part-tiMe

term 2

this term consists of a six-week clinical placement period followed by six weeks of campus based studies.

• ClinicalPlacement1

• CardiovascularHealth

• CriticalCare

term 3

Following the three-week easter break there will be a one-week revision period followed by three weeks of exams in which term 2 modules and any outstanding modules from term 1 will be assessed. the exam period is followed by two-weeks in which you will study Paediatrics and ageing, and the term will conclude with your second six-week clinical placement.

• Paediatrics

• AgingStudies


year 3 -term 1

• Clinicalplacement3

• Women’sHealth

• OncologyandPalliative care

• ResearchMethodology

• ResearchProposal


term 2

• FallsServices

• MentalHealth


term 3

this is a very short term. you have to complete your final clinical placement module, but after that it’s just a case of waiting for the results and of course for the graduation ceremony.


• ClinicalEducation


our primary aim is to combine a thorough professional education with academic excellence. With respect to your university-based studies we use a variety of teaching and learning methods throughout the course including lectures, tutorials, and practical sessions (small group), study guides and computer based learning packages.

all modules must be passed in order to proceed through the course. normally students will have two attempts at passing each assessment. Grades from all modules in years 2 and 3 (excluding study blocks) contribute to overall degree classification. Modules will be assessed in the assessment week at the end of either term 1 or in term 3. the majority of examinations will be scheduled for the third term.

CAreers

at Brunel, the physiotherapy teaching team strongly recommends that graduates enter the nhs on qualification. We feel that the organisation of the nhs and the scope of patients who pass through the nhs offer newly graduated physiotherapists an invaluable learning opportunity and provides a solid clinical foundation on which to base their future career choices.

our students come to us having attained a reasonably high entry criteria. they are generally committed to their studies, work solidly throughout the course

and perform very well on clinical placement. indeed generally our students are thought of very highly by clinicians whilst on clinical placements and there is some evidence that this translates well in terms of employment on graduating.

nHs FundinG

Funding for Physiotherapy programmes in all london universities is currently under review by the nhs. We will not be aware of the outcome of this review until January 2012. Please check the website for more details.

home student/eu citizens who are not in receipt of an nhs bursary will be required to self-fund. currently (2011/12) these fees stand at £7,081 per annum. applicants should budget for the fact that the fees can increase annually.

overseAs Fees

students not designated as home/eu citizens will be subject to tuition fees. currently (2010/11) these fees stand at £11,765 p.a. applicants should budget for the fact that the fees can increase annually.

HeAltH And tHe CrB CHeCk

a satisfactory health declaration and enhanced criminal record check will be required from all applicants.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

H

ealt

h s

cien

ces

and

so

cial

Car

e

141Full-time mode - non-standard entry (for applicants over the age of 21 years at point of entry)Pam shierstel: +44 (0)1895 268839 email: [email protected]

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Health

sciences an

d so

cial Care

142

Social Work BA

Check the web course entry for up-to-date course information and detailed entry requirements.

ABout tHe Course

this is a broad-based course which benefits from a wide range of staff specialisms. it is validated by the General social care council (Gscc) (From april 2012 health Professions authority). the social Work programme at Brunel has been rated by the Guardian University Guide as being in the top 20 social Work programmes in the uk.

our degree in social Work is organised by a partnership between Brunel and a number of statutory and voluntary agencies.

the professional and academic elements of the course are closely integrated throughout. seminars, tutorials and formal classes are integrated with professional practice, and theory is applied through the analysis of social issues and problems. service user perspectives and involvement is integral to the programme both in the admissions process and in the delivery of programme modules.

the programme is located in the school of health sciences and social care, and benefits from interaction with allied health and social care professions such as occupational therapy, Physiotherapy and community nursing.

MAture students

We attract younger students, and a high percentage of our intake is also mature students. all candidates must demonstrate the capacity to undertake the academic demands of the course and have relevant work or voluntary work experience. you must be able to attend university and your placement between 9am and 5pm each day.

tyPiCAl Modules

level 1

• SupportedLearningfor key skills

• IntroductiontoSocialWork

• SocialPolicy

• HumanDevelopment

• PracticeLearning1(30-day placement)

level 2

• TheoreticalPerspectivesin social Work

• SocialWork,Lawandtheenglish legal system

• Valuesandcontemporary issues

• ReflectiveSocialWork Practice


entry CriteriA

GCe A-level BBB, including Grade B in a social science subject (General studies not accepted; critical thinking not accepted).

Advanced diploma Progression diploma Grade B in society, health and development or Public services plus a B at a-level for additional and specialist learning.


iBdP 32 points, including 5 points in a social science subject at higher level.

Access Pass in a relevant subject area only including 30 credits at level 3.

For all of the above, 5 Gcses or equivalent at Grade c or above are also required, to include english and Maths (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your ucas application).

interviews all shortlisted applicants sit a written test and are observed in group interviews.



L500 3-years Full-tiMe

ContACt

dominic Crawford, BA social Work Programme Administratortel: +44 (0)1895 268762 email: [email protected]

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

H

ealt

h s

cien

ces

and

so

cial

Car

e

143

level 3

• SocialResearchMethods

• EitherChildrenand Families or community care

• SocialworkElectives(Family work, care Management and networking, specialist therapeutic settings, Psycho-social interventions)


Client GrouPs

you will work in the followingbroadfields:

• Childrenandfamilies

• Mentalhealthwork

• Olderpeople

• Illnessanddisability

soCiAl Work MetHods

you will learn to employ thefollowingmethods:

• Therapeuticworkwith individuals

• Familywork

• Caremanagement

• Groupwork/Communitydevelopment

you will also develop skills in the following areas

• Reflectionandcriticalreflection

• SocialPolicyandmodels of welfare

• Theapplicationofprofessional values and ethics to practice

• Theintegrationoftheoretical perspectives and social work methods with practice

• Communicationskills

• FamilySupportedchild Protection

• Criticalreasoning

• Assessment/riskassessment

• Interventions

• ResearchskillsWritten skills


teaching methods combine seminars, case discussions and tutorials with more formal lectures. these emphasise the integration of social science subjects with professional practice and the application of theory to the analysis of social issues and problems. assessment in practice placements is continuous and culminates in the placement report, to which both student and practice educator contribute. academic work is assessed through a range of assignments including tests, presentations, essays and examinations.

PrACtiCe leArninG

Practice learning is an essential part of the course at levels 1, 2 and 3. the professional and academic elements of the course are strongly integrated. the Gscc requirement is 200 days in practice learning settings over the three-years.

you will have an academic tutor, a practice tutor tutor and an experienced practice educator in each placement. individual and group tutorials are a core timetabled part of the curriculum. ensuring that you meet the required national occupational standards (nos).

CAreers

the aim of this course is to produce competent, anti-discriminatory, social work practitioners, who are able to work critically and professionally. the division has an alumni committee through which graduates support student social workers. Graduates are employed in a wide variety of organisations from statutory social care providers to national and local voluntary agencies.

Many students who complete the Ba in social Work go on to attend one of our post-qualifying courses.

Brunel university


Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Health

sciences an

d so

cial Care

144ContACt

Antonia Marray, sCPHn Course Administratortel: +44 (0)1895 268833 email: [email protected]

Specialist Community Public Health Nursing BSc

Check the web for up-to-date course, entry criteria and fees information.

ABout tHe Course

this statutory Body approved course is designed for those with initial nurse registration who wish to become specialist community public health nurses in one ofthreeareasofpractice:

• HealthVisiting

• Occupationalhealth nursing

• SchoolNursing

the full-time course is 52 weeks long. the part-time course involves two and a half days a week for two years, with one day a week in the university.

Health visiting develops practitioners who are proactive and innovative in the promotion of health and the prevention of ill health at the individual, group and community level, within the context of national and international considerations. you will gain specialist community Public health nursing registration with the nursing and Midwifery council (nMc).

occupational Health nursing equips you to function competently in the specialist area of occupational

health. this involves responsibility for health and safety at work, risk assessment, management of occupational disease and the promotion of physical and psychological health among the workforce. you will gain specialist community Public health nursing registration with the nursing and Midwifery council (nMc).

school nursing will prepare you to lead a school nursing team of variable skill mix, to promote school health and meet the health-related needs of children and adolescents at school and their families and carers. you will gain specialist community Public health nursing registration with the nursing and Midwifery council (nMc).

the primary aim of the school of health sciences and social care is to combine a thorough professional education with academic excellence. Most of our undergraduate programmes are funded by various nhs consortia.Thisreflectstheirhigh quality and ability to respond to the needs of community nursing today.

entry CriteriA

• Qualifiedfirstlevelnurse.

• 120CATscreditsatLevel1and120 at level 2.

• Relevantpost-registrationexperience.

• APL/APELavailable.



1-year full-time; 2-years part-time

you should apply directly to the school of health sciences and social care, not through ucas. to apply, please download and complete the application and reference forms from the website.

Please note open days are not applicable for specialist community Public health nursing (scPhn) applicants who will be invited to attend for interview.

tyPiCAl Modules

• SpecialistCommunityPublic health nursing Practice

• ProfessionalPerspectivesin specialist community Public health nursing

• EvidenceBasedPracticefor Public health

• PromotingPublicHealth

• ManagementofPublichealth Practice

• OptionmoduleinTerm2

• ConsolidatedPractice


the school of health sciences and social care uses many innovative teaching and learning methods to balance professional training with academic excellence. you will be assessed through a range of essays, projects, examinations and practice assessments. these are handed in at different stages of the year.

eMPloyABility

Fifty per cent of the course involves supervised practice placements within the chosen area of specialist practice. these are generally arranged with nhs trusts and involve experienced practice teachers who attend study days at Brunel.

For occupational health nursing students, you will gain practical experience within occupational settings in either the public or private sector, and be supported by a qualified and experienced practice teacher.

CAreers

around 95% of graduates annually secure employment in their chosen specialist field.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

H

ealt

h s

cien

ces

and

so

cial

Car

e

Brunel university


Rakesh is s tudying Specialis t Communit y Public Health Nursing: Occupational Health Nursing, par t - t ime.

Brunel university has provided a great opportunity for me to further my specialisation in my current area of practice. Brunel really stands out for the facilities and learning opportunities it offers. Working full-time and studying is a hard balancing act, but the flexibility of the course and the support i receive make all the difference.

i was amazed at how easy i found it to settle into this course. My lecturers are so helpful and approachable – often they communicate with me on a one-to-one basis which really boosts my confidence.

i look forward to obtaining my qualification and intend to practise as a specialist occupational Health nurse, strengthening my experience in the field. i also want to study at postgraduate level, and Brunel offers some exciting courses which i may consider in the future.

a

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Health

sciences an

d so

cial Care

146

Specialist Social Work (Adults, Children and Families) BA

Check the web for up-to-date course, entry criteria and fees information.

ABout tHe Course

this Post Qualifying programme will develop your in-depth knowledge and understanding of a specialist area of social work, and will help you to apply this knowledge in practice.

the programme follows twopathways:

• Adults

• ChildrenandFamilies

it covers all the units of the national occupational standards for social Work in direct work with users of social care services and carers. it draws on knowledge and understanding of service users’ and carers’ issues to actively contribute to strategies and practice which promote service users’ and carers’ rights and participation, in line with the goals of choice, independence and empowerment.

you will learn to think critically about your own practice in the context of the General social care council codes, including the embedded values and national and international codes of professional ethics and the principles of diversity, equality and social inclusion.

this is related to a wide range of situations, including those associated with inter-agency and inter-professional work.

using theories, models and relevant up-to-date research, you will learn to manage your own work effectively and demonstrate a capacity to plan for, and respond to, change in organisational, inter-organisational and team contexts.

tyPiCAl Modules

Core

Adults Pathway

• CriticalPerspectiveson assessment and direct Work with adults (15 credits)

• SafeguardingVulnerableadults, critical decisions inWorkwithAdults:law, Policy and Practice (15 credits)

• WorkingTogethertoPromote independence, WellBeingandChoice:critical Perspectives on Multi-agency Working (15 credits)

• AssessmentofSpecialistPractice (15 credits)

• EnablingTheLearningandassessment of others

• ResearchProject(30credits)

entry CriteriA

• RecognisedSocialWorkqualification (css, cQsW or dipsW) with a minimum of 240 credits or equivalent.

• Currentemploymentindirectpractice as a social worker and registration with the General social care council.

candidates must provide satisfactoryevidencethattheyare:

• suitableforpost-qualificationeducation;

• abletoworkdirectlywithservice users including those from different backgrounds, of different ages, and with different needs;

• likelytobenefitfromtheprogramme;

• capableofmeetingtheassessment requirements.

all candidates must be nominated and supported by their employing agency, which will undertake to provide support and appropriate learning opportunities.

applicants with other qualifications and experience will be considered on an individual basis. aPl (accreditation of Prior learning) will be applied to credits gained on social work qualification courses, and will be considered on an individual basis for those who have already completed parts of the previous Post Qualifying award in social Work. the university will apply a maximum to the number of credits for which aPl will be granted. successful applicants will not be permitted to register for the Ba programme until they have gained the credits for the appropriate consolidation module as associate students, or have satisfied aPl requirements for this module.


2-3 years Part-tiMe

ContACt

keith Goodmantel: +44 (0)1895 268767 email: [email protected]

Children and Families

• CriticalPerspectiveson direct Work with Vulnerable children, young People and Families (15 credits)

• SafeguardingChildren,critical decisions in child Care:Law,PolicyandPractice (15 credits)

• WorkingTogethertoSafeguardChildren:CriticalPerspectives in Multi-agency working (15 credits)

• AssessmentofSpecialistPractice (15 credits)

• EnablingTheLearningand assessment of others (15 credits)

• ResearchProject(30 credits)

a total of 90 credits are required for the award of the Graduate certificate in specialist social Work.

a total of 120 credits are required for the award of the Ba in specialist social Work.


you will be taught through various methods such as lectures, small and large group seminar discussions, role play, videos followed by discussion, case discussions, practice assessment, tutorial support, online elearning, personal study involving directed reading and assignment preparation and supervision by line managers. assessment includes a critical career review; a case study; practice assessments; and a research project.

eMPloyABility

Brunel has always placed great emphasis on developing graduates who can innovate and implement, and who can add value to society through their industry. Brunel students become the kind of graduates who employers want to recruit, and as a result they currently enjoy the 13th highest starting salaries in the uk. this success is down to several factors.

• Combiningacademicstudywith work experience

• Creativeandforward-looking subjects

• Anaward-winningcareers service

• Workingwhiletheystudy

• Theentrepreneurialspirit

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

H

ealt

h s

cien

ces

and

so

cial

Car

e




school of information systems, Computing and Mathematics

InformatIon SyStemS and ComputIng

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

info

rmatio

n system

s and

Co

mp

utin

g

inforMation systeMs and CoMputingannual intake: 220

Why study InformatIon systems and ComputIng at Brunel?

★★ We have excellent links with business and lecturers often work as consultants for major blue chip companies at home and overseas. this means that the latest developments in the commercial world feed into your course, and we have more contacts to help you find jobs and work placements.

★★ the department of Information systems and Computing (dIsC) is ranked top in the country in its area in terms of research power, while almost 85% of the department’s research has been rated World-leading or Internationally excellent.

★★ many of our academic staff have a background in the computer industry, and practically all are involved in our application-oriented research.

Courses at a glanCe

Business Computing Bsc ........................................................................ 150

Business Computing (eBusiness) Bsc .................................................... 150

Business Computing Bsc (human Computer Interaction) .................. 150

Business Computing Bsc (social media) ............................................... 150

Computer science Bsc ........................................................................... 152

Computer science (artificial Intelligence) Bsc .................................... 152

Computer science (digital media and games) Bsc ............................. 152

Computer science (network Computing) Bsc ..................................... 152

Computer science (software engineering) Bsc .................................. 152B

ru

nel

un

iver

sit

y

info

rmat

ion

sys

tem

s an

d C

om

pu

tin

g



Mark graduated in 2010 and is now a graduate sof tware engineer in the civil ser vice, developing secure communicat ions systems for government depar tments.

Mark beat 13,000 other graduates to become one of just 100 uK finalists in the graduate 100 awards 2010 – and one of only 10 in the it and Computing category.

during his time at Brunel, he helped bring national live music tours to the students’ union for the first time in years and worked as an ambassador for both his course and the university. He also taught conflict resolution and self defence in inner city schools – using the skills he learned as a member of the Brunel Ju Jitsu club – and represented Brunel for the iBM universities Business Challenge.

He still found time to take a 14-month placement as a software engineer at Cern in geneva, and graduated with first class honours.

Mark described the nomination as a “nice surprise”, adding: “i had a really great experience at Brunel, and the academics and support staff are brilliant. i learned a lot during my time here and gained a degree i’m really proud of.”

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

info

rmatio

n system

s and

Co

mp

utin

g

150ContaCt

dr nayna patel, admissions tutortel: +44 (0)1895 265849 email: [email protected]

Business Computing BScCheck the Web for up-to-date course, entry criteria and fees information.

aBout tHe Course

all our degrees emphasise acquiring concepts and skills which enable you to design creatively and professionally. although this is an academic degree, the course balances theory with ‘real world’ practice in information and computer management.

you’ll gain a good understanding of Business Computing and a grasp of the important elements of a computer system – from the identification of the need for it, through to the management of software implementation and deployment. In the final year you’ll take core modules in advanced Business Computing and choose options from a range of computing topics.

this course aims to make you knowledgeable about computing in industrial and commercial organisations – and equip you to assess what computing solution is appropriate in a given circumstance.

Course Content

level 1

level 1 builds a firm foundation for the rest of your degree by introducing you to the style and ethos of both the school and the computing profession.

• Level1GroupProject

• IntroductoryProgramming

• DataandInformation

• InformationSystemsand organisations

• LogicandComputation

level 2

this consolidates level 1 learning but places more emphasis on judgement and evaluation skills.


• SoftwareDevelopmentand management

• UsabilityEngineering

• BusinessAnalysisandprocess modelling

• ICTsinSociety

level 3

the final year project is a substantial individual project for which you research a Business Computing topic in-depth. If you’re on a sandwich course it’s quite likely that this project will be of interest to future employers. this is assessed and is worth a third of your level 3 marks.

entry Criteria

gCe a-level BBB.

advanced diploma progression diploma grade B in engineering or It plus an a-level at grade B for additional and specialist learning.


iBdp 32 points.

access to he diploma in a computing-related subject, with a minimum merit grade in all 45 level 3 units. level 3 unit 15 should be at distinction.

for all of the above, 5 gCses or equivalent at grade C or above are also required, to include english and maths (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your uCas application).

Mode of study/uCas Codes

BUSINESS COMPUTING BSc NG14 3-years full-tIme NGC4 4-years thICk-sandWICh

BUSINESS COMPUTING (e-BUSINESS)*3-years full-tIme 4-years thICk-sandWICh

BUSINESS COMPUTING (HUMAN-COMPUTER INTERACTION)*3-years full-tIme 4-years thICk-sandWICh

BUSINESS COMPUTING (SOCIAL MEDIA)*3-years full-tIme 4-years thICk-sandWICh

* uCas codes not available at time of print. please check the website.

the Information systems, Computing and mathematics with an Integrated foundation year course is available for students who do not meet the standard entry criteria listed above – see page 201 for details.

• FinalYearBusinessComputing project

• SoftwareProjectmanagement

• AdvancedTopicsinBusiness Computing

options

• eBusiness

• HumanComputerInteraction

• SocialMedia

teaCHing and assessMent

In the first and second years you will work on a computer-related project with regular lectures, lab work, small project groups, tutorials, workshops and talks from guest speakers. you will receive one-to-one supervision in your final year project. assessment varies from one module to another and may be based entirely on coursework, entirely on examination or on a combination of both. It’s just as important for you to learn how to establish your own criteria for assessment as it is to be able to assess the quality and value of your own work reliably.

eMployaBility

as a Brunel Business Computing graduate you’ll enjoy excellent employment prospects. our combination of work experience and up-to-date teaching means that you’ll be well-equipped to follow the career you want after graduation.

our graduates are high quality experts able to handle the increasing demands of scientific,

technological and commercial development in the new millennium. not unexpectedly, they’re in high demand with the wide-ranging companies and organisations increasingly dependent on computer technology.

plaCeMents

We know just how much experience counts in the job market. so you’ll have the opportunity to gain invaluable paid work experience alongside experts in industry, the public sector and commerce – both in the uk or overseas. In fact if you undertake a four year professional placement programme, you are likely to earn some £4,400 more than your three-year course colleagues from ‘day one’ in your job. (source: the Brunel report on destinations of leavers from higher education 2009/10).

Careers

recent graduates have gone on to work for well-known companies and organisations including: accenture, anderson Consulting, Barclays, British airways, British telecom, Compaq, demon, hsBC, IBm, logica, the meteorological office, microsoft, morgan stanley, o2, oracle, orange and toshiba. as a good honours graduate you may also be able to study for a higher degree in one of our research areas – such as Information systems, machine interface, simulation modelling and business systems integration.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

in

form

atio

n s

yste

ms

and

Co

mp

uti

ng

Brunel university


Whichever degree you choose – Business Computing or Computer science – we give you the choice to tailor your programme to your needs.

our undergraduate degrees are structured so that the first level is common to all courses. this means that you will not need to make a final decision between Computer science and Business Computing until the beginning of level 2. you will be able to study the fundamentals of both before specialising in one or the other.

at each level you will take part in a group project. this gives you the opportunity to acquire project management and team-working skills from an early stage.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

info

rmatio

n system

s and

Co

mp

utin

g

152ContaCt

dr nayna patel, admissions tutor

tel: +44 (0)1895 2266042 email: [email protected]

Computer Science BScCheck the Web for up-to-date course, entry criteria and fees information.

aBout tHe Course

all our degrees emphasise acquiring knowledge and skills to develop your new understanding creatively and professionally. although this is an academic degree, the course balances theory with ‘real world’ practice in information and computer management.

you’ll gain a good understanding of computer science and a grasp of the important elements of a computer system. you’ll also learn how to build different types of software – from web-based systems to mobile solutions. In the final year you’ll take core modules in advanced computer science and choose options from a range of computing topics.

typiCal Modules

level 1

level 1 builds a firm foundation for the rest of your degree by introducing you to the style and ethos of both the school and the computing profession.




• InformationSystemsand organisations

• LogicandComputation

level 2

this consolidates level 1 learning but places more emphasis on judgement and evaluation skills. you’ll expand your understanding of:


• SoftwareDevelopmentand management

• UsabilityEngineering

• Algorithmsandtheirapplications

• Networksandoperating systems

level 3

this is a substantial individual project for which you research a topic in-depth. If you’re on a sandwich course it’s quite likely that this project will be of interest to future employers. this is assessed and is worth a third of your level 3 marks.

• FinalYearComputerscience project

• SoftwareProjectmanagement

• AdvancedTopicsinComputer science

level 3 options (two from)

• ArtificialIntelligence

• SoftwareEngineering

• NetworkComputing

• DigitalMediaandGames

entry Criteria

gCe a-level BBB.

advanced diploma progression diploma grade B in engineering or It plus an a-level at grade B for additional and specialist learning.


iBdp 32 points.

access to he diploma in a computing-related subject, with a minimum merit grade in all 45 level 3 units. level 3 unit 15 should be at distinction.

for all of the above, 5 gCses or equivalent at grade C or above are also required, to include english and maths (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your uCas application).

Mode of study/uCas Codes

COMPUTER SCIENCE BScG402 3-years full-tIme G407 4-years thICk-sandWICh

COMPUTER SCIENCE (ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE) BScG701 3-years full-tIme G700 4-years thICk-sandWICh

COMPUTER SCIENCE (DIGITAL MEDIA AND GAMES) BScG450 3-years full-tIme G451 4-years thICk-sandWICh

COMPUTER SCIENCE (NETWORK COMPUTING) BScG424 3-years full-tIme G423 4-years thICk-sandWICh

COMPUTER SCIENCE (SOFTWARE ENGINEERING) BScG601 3-years full-tIme G602 4-years thICk-sandWICh

the Information systems, Computing and mathematics with an Integrated foundation year course is available for students who do not meet the standard entry criteria listed above – see page 201 for details.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

in

form

atio

n s

yste

ms

and

Co

mp

uti

ng

Brunel university


Brunel prides itself on preparing graduates with all the skills and information they need to compete for the jobs they want.

We have excellent links with business and we ensure that the latest developments in the commercial world feed into all our courses.

as part of this process, we invite colleagues from industry to come and teach on some of our modules. this gives our students an invaluable insight into the real world and makes the courses more enjoyable too.

Below are some of companies that have given guest lectures:

• British airport authorities (Baa)

• Clinisys

• Jaguar land rover

• iBM

• pitney Bowes

• Quantel

• r r donnelley

• sky

• turnkey Consulting

teaCHing and assessMent

you will be taught through various methods such as lectures, lab work, small groups, tutorials, workshops and talks from guest speakers. you will receive one-to-one supervision in your final year project. assessment varies from one module to another and may be based entirely on coursework, entirely on examination or on a combination of both. It’s just as important for you to learn how to establish your own criteria for assessment as it is to be able to assess the quality and value of your own work reliably.

eMployaBility

as a Brunel Computer science graduate you’ll enjoy excellent employment prospects. our combination of work experience and up-to-date teaching means that you’ll be well-equipped to follow the career you want after graduation. our graduates are high quality experts able to handle the increasing demands of scientific, technological and commercial development in the new millennium. not unexpectedly, they’re in high demand with the wide-ranging companies and organisations increasingly dependent on computer technology. our students often command higher starting salaries – the 13th highest in the uk (according to the 2010 sunday times good university guide).

plaCeMents

We know just how much experience counts in the job market. so you’ll have the opportunity to gain invaluable paid work experience alongside experts in industry, the public sector and commerce – both in the uk or overseas. In fact if you undertake a four-year professional placement programme, you are likely to earn some £4,400 more than your three-year course colleagues from ‘day one’ in your job. (source: the Brunel report on destinations of leavers from higher education 2009/10).

Careers

recent graduates have gone on to work for well-known companies and organisations including: accenture, anderson Consulting, Barclays, British airways, British telecom, Compaq, demon, hsBC, IBm, logica, the meteorological office, microsoft, morgan stanley, o2, oracle, orange and toshiba.

as a good honours graduate you may also be able to study for a higher degree in one of our research areas such as information systems/machine interface, simulation modelling and business systems integration.


Brunel law school

Law

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

law

lawannual intake: 180

Why study LaW at BruneL?

★★ a vibrant, friendly and supportive academic community with students and staff from the uK and over 100 countries.

★★ Opportunities for skills development through extra-curricular activities such as our newly founded law clinic, the moot team and international exchange programmes.

★★ access to our award-winning Placement and Careers Centre for professional development support, which enhances the school’s impressively high graduate employment rate (84%).

★★ robust student support services including a dedicated law study skills tutor and free in-sessional english language support for international students.

★★ a dedicated law library with access to online resources such as hein Online, Lexisnexis and Westlaw.

★★ study in a London law school situated in a campus-based university featuring over 100 clubs and societies, some of the best sports facilities of any university in the city, and competitively priced, modern on-campus accommodation.

★★ exposure to the latest developments in legal thought through our seven research groups and to a network of leaders in industry, academia and our growing international alumni body.

COurses at a GLanCe

Law LLB ................................................................................................... 156B

ru

nel

un

iver

sit

y

law



Lauren graduated f rom the LLB in 2011

i chose Brunel law school because of its award winning placement service, which provided me with clarity concerning which areas of law i would specialise in at the end of my degree.

Brunel law school also offers a wide range of extra-curricular activities to keep you motivated and make you stand out, which range from reading groups, to mooting, to film groups.

all Brunel staff are approachable and all provide their own character to teaching, which makes attending their lectures both enjoyable and interesting.

thanks to the support given at Brunel i feel prepared for the rest of my journey, and ready to step out into the world of work.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

law

156ContaCt

admissions office, tel: +44 (0)1895 265265 email (uK and eu students): [email protected] email (international students): [email protected]

Law LLBCheck the web for up-to-date course, entry criteria and fees information.

aBout the Course

the school offers a vibrant, friendly and supportive academic community where students transform an interest in law into a lifelong passion. the school offers two options for undergraduate study, the LLB Law and the LLB Law with Professional Placement (thick-sandwich).

We teach law as a single subject so that students may gain a solid and grounded foundation in law, resulting in confident graduates ready to meet the challenges of further study or professional life. the Brunel LLB is a qualifying law degree featuring core modules that satisfy the requirements of the Law society and the Bar Council. Final year students take charge of their degree by tailoring their studies to the areas of law they wish to explore and gain a deeper understanding of.

If you take the four-year sandwich route, the Law society may credit your work experience against the solicitors’ two year traineeship requirement.

Course Content

all students take a core set of modules. at Level 3 you will take a number of law options and you will also study a particular area of law in depth for your major final year project

typiCal Modules

level 1 Core

• ContractLaw

• CriminalLaw

• EnglishLegalInstitutionsand Method

• PublicLaw

level 2 Core

• EuropeanUnionLaw

• LandLaw

• TortLaw

• Trusts

level 3 Core

• Dissertation

level 3 options

the following are examples of other modules that may be available. these can change from year to year and there is no guarantee that an option will run in any particular year.

• BankingLaw

• ChildrenandtheLaw

• CompanyLaw

• CompetitionLaw

• ConsumerLaw

• Criminology

• EmploymentLaw

• Evidence

• FamilyLaw

• IntellectualPropertyLaw

• InternationalHumanRights

• InternationalLaw

• InternationalMinority rights

• Jurisprudence

• ModernLegalHistory

• SentencingandPenology

• TaxationofIncome

entry Criteria

GCe a-level aaB (General studies/Critical thinking not accepted)

advanced diploma Progression diploma Grade a in society, health and development, Business, administration and Finance or Public services, plus an a-level at Grade B in a relevant academic subject for additional and specialist Learning (extended Project Qualification in a relevant subject preferred)

BteC level 3 extended diploma d*d*d* in Business or Public services

iBdp 35 points

access Pass in Law, including distinction for all Level 3 units

For all of the above, 5 GCses at Grade C or above are also required, including english (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your uCas application)

Modes of study/ uCas Codes

M103 3-years FuLL-tIMe M101 4-years thICK-sandWICh

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

l

aw

Brunel university


teaChinG and assessMent

you will be taught through various methods such as lectures, tutorials, workshops and seminars and you will receive one-to-one supervision in your final year project.

assessment is by a combination of essays, projects, presentations, audiovisual production and examination.

at Levels 1 and 2, all courses are assessed by essay and examination. at Level 3, all courses except the major project are assessed by essay and examination. essays are designed to help you learn and practise skills in legal analysis and expression.

eMployaBility

84% of our graduates are in employment or further study. While most students study law with a view to progress into the legal profession, some students opt to study law as a first degree as a foundation for careers in the corporate world, government or international relations-related professions. Graduates can take advantage of the professional exemptions available with a Brunel Law degree, and train to become barristers or solicitors.

regular career events for law students are offered by the university’s award-wining Placement and Careers service and the school avidly supports the professional development of our students.

plaCeMents

students who complete the thick-sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with Professional Placement’

Careers

Opportunities for law graduates arise in a wide range of activities. you may take advantage of your professional exemptions and train to become a barrister or solicitor, but your degree could take you into careers other than law, including mediation, consultancy, industry, commerce, public administration, the social services, management and humanitarian aid.

although we are a research-intensive school, students are always at the heart of everything we do. your lecturers will challenge you to grapple with cutting-edge legal concepts and encourage you to advance your skills by participating in events hosted by our research centres and groups as well as our exciting extracurricular activities such as mooting, pro-bono and reading and film groups.

our lecturers are there to support you and are committed to helping you fulfil your potential.

from left to right, with Christine riefa, senior lecturer, in the centre:

dr alexandra Xanthaki, reader in law

dr dimitrios Giannoulopoulos, law lecturer

dr stavroula Karapapa, law lecturer

dr Gerard Conway, law lecturer

dr shabir Korotana, law lecturer

dr holger sutschet, law lecturer


school of information systems, Computing and Mathematics

MatheMatical ScienceS

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Math

ematical scien

ces

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

M

ath

emat

ical

sci

ence

s



Rugby Sevens Internat ional Mark received the f irs t Brunel Universi t y Sid Richardson Rugby Scholarship.

Mark, who joined Brunel in 2010, represented england at the international rugby sevens tournament in Hong Kong in March and is currently playing with and assisting with coaching the Brunel 1st Xv team. Mark had also spent the last four years playing for london Wasps, one of the uK’s top rugby union teams.

the scholarship will be a weight off my shoulders as it makes me more secure. But the main thing is being recognised for my past and present achievements. it is pretty tough to balance things as i am regularly away from university for training camps or when i get selected for tournaments. But i do my best to work hard and believe i will come out the other end having done well in a very challenging course.

MatHeMatiCal sCienCesannual intake: 210

Why study MatheMatical sciences at Brunel?

★★ according to the latest research assessment exercise (2008), Brunel is one of the top three london institutions for research in applied Mathematics, as well as in statistics and Operational research. 87% of staff have produced research rated as of ‘international significance’.

★★ We do everything to ensure our students receive a high standard of education and care. in the 2011 national student survey within the Mathematics and statistics area, our department was ranked 10th in the uK (and second in london) for overall student satisfaction.

★★ We offer a wide range of innovative courses with a flexible structure and an extensive topic choice. this allows you to shape your degree to suit your own personal strengths and interests.

★★ the department of Mathematical sciences offers up to 10 scholarships annually for uK students admitted to one of the undergraduate Mathematics degree programmes. (scholarships are not available for the Foundation year Programme.) this is in addition to Brunel financial support – see page 54.

COurses at a GlanCe

Financial Mathematics Bsc/+MMath .................................................... 160

Mathematics Bsc/MMath ...................................................................... 162

Mathematics and computing Bsc ........................................................ 164

Mathematics with computer science Bsc ........................................... 164

Mathematical and Management studies Bsc ..................................... 166

Mathematics and statistics with Management Bsc ............................ 166

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Math

ematical scien

ces

160COntaCt

Dr D roman, admissions tutortel: +44 (0)1895 265180 email: [email protected]

Financial Mathematics BSc/MMathCheck the Web for up-to-date course, entry criteria and fees information.

aBOut tHe COurse

Mathematics is a fundamental subject that is constantly developing, a discipline in its own right, but also the thinking behind countless commercial, industrial and technological activities.

Because Mathematical sciences has links with many other subject areas, we offer an excitingly wide choice of courses, each with a different emphasis. these include modules in pure and applied Mathematics, operational research, computer science, finance, information technology and management studies. this structure means that most individual subject modules are not unique to any particular degree. you may also select modules from other subjects and thus, within a certain framework, tailor your degree to suit your own evolving interests.

COurse COntent

two-thirds of this course is shared with the Bsc in Mathematics. this covers several application areas – finance, statistics, operational research (ie how maths can be applied to commercial industrial problems) and numerical analysis. the remaining third covers the key principles of finance. MMath students

study for a further year, bringing their degree up to Master’s level.

typiCal MODules

level 1

• LinearAlgebra

• Calculus

• Algorithmsandnumerical Methods

• DiscreteMathematics,Probability and statistics

• FundamentalsofMathematics

• TransitiontoIndependentlearning of Mathematics



level 2

• AdvancedCalculusandnumerical Methods

• MultivariableCalculus

• LinearAlgebraII

• ElementsofCombinatorics

• Analysis

• StatisticsII

• ElementaryStochasticModels and Operational research



level 3 Core

• MajorProject(seebelow for more)

• StochasticModelsandMathematical Finance

Bsc entry Criteria

GCe a-level BBB, including a-level Mathematics at Grade B (General studies and critical thinking accepted).

advanced Diploma Progression diploma Grade B in engineering, it or Business, administration and Finance, plus a-level Mathematics at Grade B for additional and specialist learning.

BteC level 3 extended Diploma/BteC level 3 Diploma ddd/dd, plus a-level Mathematics at Grade B.

iBDp 32 points, including 6 points in higher Mathematics.

access depending on their mathematical background, applicants will normally be expected to take a foundation year.


Bsc MODe OF stuDy/uCas CODes

Financial Mathematics BScGN13 3-years Full-tiMe GND3 4-years thicK-sandWich

the information systems, computing and Mathematics with an integrated Foundation year course is available for students who do not meet the standard entry criteria listed above – see page 201 for details.

• RiskandOptimisationin Finance

• FinancialEngineering

level 3 Options

• StatisticsIII

• NumericalMethodsfordifferential equations

• OrdinaryandPartialdifferential equations

level 4 (MMath only)

• AdvancedProject(core)

• Risk,Simulationanddecision analysis (core)

• NumericalandVariational Methods for Partial differential equations (core)

• LinearandNon-linearFiltering in Financial time series Models

• AssetAllocationStrategies

• HighPerformancecomputing

• ClassificationModels

teaCHinG anD assessMent

you will be taught through various methods such as lectures, tutorials, computer workshops and seminars and you will receive one-to-one supervision in your final year project. the ‘exams to coursework’ ratio is around 50:50 in level 1, increasing to around 70:30 in level 3.

the final project is a substantial piece of individual, course-related work personally supervised by a staff member. Projects are often connected to staff research areas and may also be in response to industry demands.

eMplOyaBility

as a Brunel Financial Maths graduate you will enjoy excellent employment prospects. Our combination of work experience and up-to-date teaching means that you will be well-equipped to follow the career you want after graduation.

Our students often command higher starting salaries – the 13th highest in the uK (according to the 2010 Sunday Times Good University Guide).

plaCeMents

We know just how much experience counts in the job market. you will have the opportunity to gain invaluable work experience alongside experts in industry, the public sector and commerce – both in the uK or overseas. in fact if you undertake a four-year professional placement programme, you are likely to earn some £4,400 more than your three-year course colleagues from ‘day One’ in your job. (source: The Brunel report on Destinations of Leavers from Higher Education 2009/10). students who complete the thick-sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with Professional Practice’.

Careers

career prospects for mathematicians are excellent. you will possess key skills that are highly sought after by business – in fact any industry that uses modelling, simulation, cryptography, forecasting, statistics, risk analysis and probability.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

M

ath

emat

ical

sci

ence

s

Brunel university


MMath entry Criteria

GCe a-level aaB, including Grade a in a-level Mathematics or Further Mathematics (General studies and critical thinking accepted).

advanced Diploma applicants should apply for the Bsc in Financial Mathematics – those who obtain high enough grades can transfer to MMath at the end of year 2.

BteC level 3 extended diploma / diploma: applicants should apply for the Bsc in Financial Mathematics – those who obtain high enough grades can transfer to MMath at the end of year 2.




MMath MODe OF stuDy/uCas CODes

Financial Mathematics MMathGN1H 4-years Full-tiMe GN1J 5-years thicK-sandWich


Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Math

ematical scien

ces

162COntaCt


Mathematics BSc/MMathCheck the Web for up-to-date course, entry criteria and fees information.

aBOut tHe COurse

Mathematics is a fundamental subject that is constantly developing, a discipline in its own right but also the thinking behind countless commercial, industrial and technological activities. Because Mathematical sciences has links with many other subject areas, we offer an excitingly wide choice of courses, each with a different emphasis. these include modules in pure and applied Mathematics, operational research, computer science, finance, information technology and management studies.

this is a broad-based course which means the focus is not on a single area of applications such as finance, management or computer studies. instead, it aims to develop skills that you can use in a wide range of areas. you will study many aspects of pure and applied mathematics, together with general concepts of mathematical modelling. When it comes to the application of mathematics, we cover finance, statistics, operational research (how maths can be applied to commercial and industrial problems), numerical analysis (the approximate solution of very hard problems) and mechanics.

in the final year you will be able to study in-depth those areas of Mathematics that particularly appeal to you. you will develop an outlook and high level study skills that will be hugely valuable

whatever career path you follow after graduation.

typiCal MODules

level 1

• LinearAlgebra

• Calculus





• GeometryandApplications

• ComputingProjectsand Mechanics

level 2

• LinearAlgebraII


• AnalysisI

• AnalysisII



• StatisticsII


• Algebra

• VectorCalculusandapplications

level 3




• ComplexVariableMethodsand applications

Bsc entry Criteria







Bsc MODe OF stuDy/uCas CODes

Mathematics BScG103 3-years Full-tiMe G104 4-years thicK-sandWich


Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

M

ath

emat

ical

sci

ence

s

Brunel university


MMath entry Criteria

GCe a-level aaB, including Grade a in a-level Mathematics or Further Mathematics (General studies and critical thinking accepted).

advanced Diploma applicants should apply for the Bsc in Mathematics – those who obtain high enough grades can transfer to MMath at the end of year 2.

BteC level 3 extended diploma/diploma: applicants should apply for the Bsc in Mathematics – those who obtain high enough grades can transfer to MMath at the end of year 2.




MMath MODe OF stuDy/uCas CODes

G100 4-years Full-tiMe G101 5-years thicK-sandWich


• EncryptionandDatacompression

• StatisticsIII



level 4 (MMath only)

• AdvancedProject(core)

• AdvancedMathematicalMethods (core)

• NumericalandVariational Methods for Partial differential equations (core)

• Risk,Simulationanddecision analysis

• Computationalmethods

• TopicsinCombinatorics

• SpectralTheory

• FluidMechanics

• SolidMechanics

• DynamicalSystemsanddifferential equations

• DynamicalSystemsand chaos

• MathematicalBiology

• LinearandNon-linearFiltering in Financial time series Models

• AssetAllocationStrategies

• HighPerformancecomputing

• ClassificationModels


you will be taught through various methods such as lectures, tutorials, computer workshops and seminars and you will receive one-to-one supervision in your final year project. the ‘exams to coursework’ ratio is around 50:50 in level 1, increasing to around 70:30 in level 3.

the final project is a substantial piece of

individual, course-related work personally supervised by a staff member. Projects are often connected to staff research areas and may also be in response to industry demands

eMplOyaBility


plaCeMents

We know just how much experience counts in the job market. you will have the opportunity to gain invaluable work experience alongside experts in industry, the public sector and commerce – both in the uK or overseas. in fact if you undertake a four year professional placement programme, you are likely to earn some £4,400 more than your three-year course colleagues from ‘day One’ in your job. (source: The Brunel report on Destinations of Leavers from Higher Education 2009/10). students who complete the thick-sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with Professional Practice’.

Careers


Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Math

ematical scien

ces

164COntaCt


Mathematics and Computing BSc

Mathematics with Computer Science BScCheck the Web for up-to-date course, entry criteria and fees information.

these courses are aimed at those who wish to pursue a career in information technology within industry and commerce. For Mathematics and Computing there is a 50:50 split between the two subjects, while for Mathematics with Computer science approximately two-thirds of the course is devoted to mathematical and statistical subjects and one-third to computer science. Mathematics is a fundamental yet constantly developing subject.

as well as being a discipline in its own right, it forms the basis of modern commercial, industrial and technological activities, and mathematical models underpin engineering, the applied sciences, computing and many aspects of management today. the mathematics element in these courses is wide-ranging, and is concerned in particular with aspects of modern algebra that are related to computer science. although theory is important, we place equal emphasis on best practice and real world applications.

typiCal MODules

level 1

• LinearAlgebra

• Calculus







level 2

• LinearAlgebraII



• StatisticsII


• LogicAndComputation

• SoftwareDevelopmentand Management

• NetworksandOperating systems

plus for Mathematics with Computer science


• AnalysisI

entry Criteria







MODe OF stuDy/uCas CODes

MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTING BScGGC4 3-years Full-tiMe GG14 4-years thicK-sandWich

MATHEMATICS WITH COMPUTER SCIENCE BScG1GL 3-years Full-tiMe G1GK 4-years thicK-sandWich


Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

M

ath

emat

ical

sci

ence

s

Brunel university


level 3

• MajorProject(core-seebelow for details)

• SoftwareEngineering(core)


• EncryptionandDatacompression

• StatisticsIII



• Algorithmsandtheirapplications

• NetworkComputing

plus for Mathematics with Computer science

• EncryptionandDatacompression (core)



you will be taught through various methods such as lectures, tutorials, computer workshops and seminars and you will receive one-to-one supervision in your final year project. the ratio of exams to coursework is approximately 60:40 although there is slightly less coursework at level 3.

the final project is a substantial piece of individual, course-related work personally supervised by a staff member. Projects are often connected to staff research areas and may also be in response to industry demands.

eMplOyaBility

Follow the four-year ‘Professional Placement’ degree programme and you will benefit from our extensive experience in helping students to find well-paid work placements with blue-chip companies. Our sandwich students find that their mathematical and transferable skills are in demand in many sectors, both in the uK and abroad. Our students often command higher starting salaries – the 13th highest in the uK (according to the 2010 Sunday Times Good University Guide).

plaCeMents

you will have the opportunity to gain invaluable work experience alongside experts in industry, the public sector and commerce – both in the uK or overseas. in fact if you undertake a four-year professional placement programme, you are likely to earn some £4,400 more than your three-year course colleagues from ‘day One’ in your job. students who complete the thick-sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with Professional Practice’.

Careers


August ine studied Mathematics with Computer Science BSc

Coming to Brunel is one of the best decisions i ever made. the Brunel placement and Careers Centre is, i believe, the best in the world. the passion and dedication of the staff to help me obtain my second year placement with ‘Fortune Magazine’s Best uK Company to work for’ is beyond doubt. i now work with the best within the it sector and have inculcated excellent business transferable skills through the process.

Brunel has provided me the platform to do what i enjoy doing and later achieve greater heights within the professional world. the coursework/projects are tailored to bring the best out of students and to successfully make practical applications to the theory studied. above all, the lecturers are readily available to work shoulder-to-shoulder through difficult times and to me that is the main differentiator compared to other universities.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Math

ematical scien

ces

166COntaCt


Mathematical and Management Studies BSc

Mathematics and Statistics with Management BScCheck the Web for up-to-date course, entry criteria and fees information.

as well as a discipline in its own right, Mathematics is also the thinking behind countless commercial, industrial and technological activities. Mathematical models underpin engineering, the applied sciences, computing and many aspects of management today.

Mathematics and Management studies will teach you high level skills and knowledge in Mathematics, focusing in particular on how Maths can be used to solve industrial and commercial problems. it also offers a good understanding of management and how Maths can be used to solve management problems.

Mathematics and statistics with Management offers a broad understanding of general management and will also teach you high level skills and knowledge in Mathematics and statistics, focusing in particular on how maths can be used to solve industrial and commercial problems. Mathematics makes up

between two-thirds and three-quarters of the course.

typiCal MODules

level 1 Core

• LinearAlgebra

• Calculus






level 1 Options



level 2 Core




• LinearAlgebraII

• Statistics

• CriticalPerspectives

entry Criteria



BteC level 3 extended diploma/diploma ddd/dd, plus a-level Mathematics at Grade B.




MODe OF stuDy/uCas CODes

MATHEMATICS AND MANAGEMENT STUDIES BScGND2 3-years Full-tiMe GNC2 4-years thicK-sandWich

MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS WITH MANAGEMENT BScG1NG 3-years Full-tiMe G1NF 4-years thicK-sandWich


Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

M

ath

emat

ical

sci

ence

s

Brunel university


in Management

• AnalysisI(Mathematicsand statistics with Management only)

• AdvancedCalculusandnumerical Methods (Mathematics and statistics with Management only)

level 2 Options

• HumanResourcesManagement and its international dimension

• PrinciplesandPracticeofMarketing (Mathematics and Management studies only)

• IntroductiontoAccounting(Mathematics and Management studies only)

• ManagementAccounting– Planning and control

• ManagingChangeandcreativity in Organisations

level 3

• MajorProject(seebelow for more); it can be either maths or management based (core)

• RiskandOptimisationin Finance (core)



• Statistics

• NumericalandVariationalMethods for Pdes

• Differentialandintegral equations



• EntrepreneurshipandSmallBusiness Management

• GenderinOrganisations


• ManagingChangeandcreativity in Organisations

• StrategicFinancialManagement

• BusinessEthics,Governanceand sustainability

• InnovationandKnowledgeManagement

• EncryptionandDatacompression (Mathematics and statistics with Management only)

• NumericalMethodsfordifferential equations (Mathematics and statistics with Management only)

Final year prOjeCt

this is a very valuable feature of the both courses and a substantial piece of individual, course-related work personally supervised by a staff member, accounting for about one-third of your final year study load. students choose either a mathematical project supervised by a member of staff from Mathematics or a management project supervised by a member of staff from Brunel Business school. explore in-depth a topic of particular interest to you or work on a practical problem – the choice is yours.


you will be taught through various methods such as lectures, tutorials, computer workshops and seminars and you will receive one-to-one supervision in your final year project. the ‘exams to coursework’ ratio is around 50:50 in level 1, increasing to around 70:30 in level 3. the final project is a substantial piece of individual, course-related work personally supervised by a staff member. Projects are often connected to staff research areas and may also be in response to industry demands.

eMplOyaBility


Our students often command higher starting salaries – the 13th highest in the uK (according to the 2010 Sunday Times Good University Guide).

plaCeMents

We know just how much experience counts in the job market. you will have the opportunity to gain invaluable work experience alongside experts in industry, the public sector and commerce – both in the uK or overseas. in fact if you undertake a four-year professional placement programme, you are likely to earn some £4,400 more than your three-year course colleagues from ‘day One’ in your job. (source: The Brunel report on Destinations of Leavers from Higher Education 2009/10). students who complete the thick-sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with Professional Practice’.

Careers




Mechanical engineering

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Mech

anical en

gin

eering

Mechanical engineeringhome of aerospace/aviation/Mechanical/Motorsport engineering

annual intake: 160

Why study Mechanical engineering at Brunel?

★★ We have strong links with industry and you are encouraged to undertake a paid placement year which enhances your employability on graduation – many of our graduates progress to senior positions in the engineering sector.

★★ Our industrial partners contribute to course development and highlight emerging trends ensuring your skills and knowledge will be relevant to the needs of employers.

★★ teaching is delivered by academic staff of international research reputation which means that your course addresses current engineering themes.

★★ Our excellent laboratory facilities have advanced equipment and software where you can develop your learning through activity-based projects.

cOurses at a glance

aerospace engineering Beng/Meng .................................................... 170

aviation engineering Beng/Meng ........................................................ 172

aviation engineering with Pilot studies Beng/Meng ......................... 172

Mechanical engineering Beng/Meng ................................................... 174

Mechanical engineering with aeronautics Beng/Meng .................... 174

Mechanical engineering with automotive design Beng/Meng ........ 174

Mechanical engineering with Building services Beng/Meng ............ 174

Motorsport engineering Beng/Meng .................................................. 176

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

M

ech

anic

al e

ng

inee

rin

g



James graduated with an MEng in Mechanical Engineering in 2010 and is now a graduate engineering manager.

During my first year i stayed in halls on campus, where i met some of the funniest people i know! it wasn’t all parties though; the course was challenging at times. i liked this as it pushed the boundaries of my knowledge, but the lecturers were always available if i didn’t understand something the first time around.

i managed to secure employment with 8build as a graduate engineering Manager and i started two weeks after my final exams finished. i’m currently working on a new, high‑end project close to Oxford street.

i would recommend a Brunel sandwich course as not only does it give you invaluable experience, but it also gives you the opportunity to meet useful contacts and potential employers!

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Mech

anical en

gin

eering

170cOntact

Petra gratton, admissions tutortel: +44 (0)1895 266633 email: me‑ug‑[email protected]

Aerospace Engineering BEng/MEng

check the Web for up‑to‑date course, entry criteria and fees information.

aBOut the cOurse

this specialist degree provides a rigorous and traditional academic education coupled with a well-developed appreciation of the highly technical nature of the aerospace industry.

the subjects studied include analytical and computational skills, principles and concepts appropriate to the design and operation of aircraft, and professional skills needed to equip graduates in the aerospace industry.

this specialist course aims to produce highly qualified aerospace engineers equipped with qualities and transferable skills for demanding employment in the field of aerospace engineering and related topics, requiring the exercise of leadership, initiative, personal responsibility and decision-making in complex and unpredictable situations.

PrOfessiOnal accreDitatiOn

the programme is accredited by the royal aeronautical society (raes) and the institution of Mechanical engineers (iMeche). the Meng degree course fulfils the academic requirement to go forward for registration as a chartered engineer (ceng).

tyPical MODules

level 1

• FundamentalsofSolidBody Mechanics

• Fundamentalsofthermofluids

• AnalyticalMethodsand skills

• EngineeringMaterials,Manufacturing and electrical Machines

• Introductiontoengineering design

• AerospaceLaboratories,technical drawing and Workshop experience

level 2

• SolidBodyMechanics

• Thermofluids

• PrinciplesofAircraftDesign

• ProfessionalEngineeringapplications and Practice

• Computing,AnalyticalMethods, control and instrumentation

Work Placement (thick‑sandwich mode of study)

level 3


• PropulsionSystems,Aircraftstructures and Materials

• FEA,CFDandDesignofengineering systems (Beng)

• FEA,CFDandNumericalModelling (Meng)

• Professionalengineering Practice

Beng entry criteria

gce a-level BBB, including grade B in Maths and grade B in Physics (general studies and critical thinking not accepted).

advanced Diploma Progression diploma grade B in engineering, plus the specialist unit in Maths for engineers at grade B along with 1 as-level (excluding general studies and Maths) at grade B for additional and specialist learning.

Btec level 3 extended Diploma ddd to include distinctions inFurtherMathematicsforTechnicians,andFurtherMechanicalPrinciples or equivalent.

iBDP 32 points, including 5 in higher level Maths and 5 in higher level Physics.

access Pass in engineering, including distinctions in all Maths and Physics units at level 3.

Foralloftheabove,5GCSEsorequivalent at grade c or above are also required, to include english and Maths (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your ucas application).

Beng MODe Of stuDy/ucas cODes

H402 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME H401 4-years thick-sandWich

the engineering with an integrated Foundationyearcourseisavailablefor students who do not meet the standard entry criteria listed above and others – see page 200 for details.

level 4 (Meng)


• StrategicManagementand enterprise

• CurrentTopicsinaerospace

• DesignandAnalysisor aircraft and spacecraft systems

• AdvancedAerodynamics,Propulsion systems and space Mechanics

• AdvancedThermofluidsor advanced solid Body Mechanics

Meng final year PrOject

all students participate in a team project of 5-6 people, which develops not only their transferable skills, but also their ability to design and manufacture a product. recent examples of projects have included building a full-sized microlight aircraft, and designing, building and flying a load-carrying model aircraft entered into the industry-sponsored heavy lift challenge.

teaching anD assessMent

teaching is by a mixture of lectures, laboratories, design studios and one-to-one supervision. you will undertake assignments, project work, reports on laboratory practicals, oral presentations, and short tests. there are written examinations, and in level 3 all students undertake a major individual project worth a third of the overall marks for the year.

eMPlOyaBility

graduates from the Meng degree course have demonstrated themselves to be of the highest calibre of their peer group. the five-year thick-sandwich degree programme enables you to gain high-quality, relevant professional experience which is sought by employers. students have the opportunity to change from the full-time mode of study to the thick-sandwich course up to the end of level 2.

PlaceMents

you can choose to study either a full-time course or the prestigious sandwich course. sandwich students undertake high-quality, paid work placements within prominent companies and organisations. the placement in industry is usually taken between levels 2 and 3 for at least 44 weeks. this time can count towards the professional development needed to become a chartered engineer.

careers

aerospace engineering graduates take up employment in fields such as aircraft and components design and manufacture, maintenance and testing, propulsion systems, flight simulation, aviation, avionics, patent engineering, financial services, and many more.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

M

ech

anic

al e

ng

inee

rin

g

Brunel university


Meng entry criteria

gce a-level aaB, including grade a in Maths and grade B in Physics (general studies and critical thinking not accepted).

advanced Diploma Progression diploma grade a in engineering, plus the specialist unit in Maths for engineers at grade B along with 1 as-level (excluding general studies and Maths) at grade B for additional and specialist learning.

Btec level 3 extended Diploma d*d*d to include distinction* GradeinFurtherMathematicsforTechnicians,andFurtherMechanicalPrinciples or equivalent.


access applicants should apply for the Beng. those who achieve the progression requirement can transfer to the Meng at the end of level 2.


Meng MODe Of stuDy/ucas cODes



Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Mech

anical en

gin

eering

172cOntact


Aviation Engineering BEng/MEng

Aviation Engineering with Pilot Studies BEng/MEng


aBOut the cOurse

these two courses offer a greater degree of either flying training or design content, depending on whether you intend to become a professional pilot or to undertake senior engineering roles within the aviation industry.

the aviation engineering course integrates basic flight principles and the opportunity to train on a flight simulator with a solid grounding in general engineering and a background in management and operations. the programme will draw on the close proximity of heathrow and other london airports and, on completion, graduates will be equipped to follow careers within the aviation industry.

the aviation engineering with Pilot studies specialist degree provides an ideal starting point to train to become a professional pilot. it incorporates fundamental practice and theory, but also presents the opportunity to obtain a

Private Pilot’s licence (PPl) and to undertake flight training at an extra cost.

Flightsimulation,makingextensive use of the university’s flight simulator, is used throughout the course.

the final year of the Meng is about broadening and deepening your knowledge and understanding of the discipline, to better meet the leadership needs of industry.


the programme is accredited by the royal aeronautical society (raes) and the institution of Mechanical engineers (iMeche).

tyPical MODules

level 1




• AircraftGroundTheoryandFlyingPracticeor design Project

Beng entry criteria








AVIATION ENGINEERING BEngHH4C 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME HHC4 4-years thick-sandWich

AVIATION ENGINEERING WITH PILOT STUDIES BEngH1HK 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME H4H1 4-years thick-sandWich


Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

M

ech

anic

al e

ng

inee

rin

g

Brunel university


Meng entry criteria








AVIATION ENGINEERING MEngHH41 4-yEArSFuLL-TIME HH14 5-years thick-sandWich

AVIATION ENGINEERING WITH PILOT STUDIES MEngH1H4 4-yEArSFuLL-TIME H1HL 5-years thick-sandWich



• AerospaceLaboratories,technical drawing and Workshop experience

level 2


• Thermofluids

• Performanceandcontrol of aircraft

• Principlesofaircraft design



level 3


• PropulsionSystems,aircraft structures and Materials


• FlightTestingandairport environment and design (Beng)


level 4 (Meng)



• CurrentTopicsinaerospace

• AdvancedAerodynamics,Propulsion systems and space Mechanics

• DesignandAnalysisof aircraft and spacecraft systems

• AdvancedThermofluidsor advanced solid Body Mechanics


teaching is by a mixture of lectures, laboratories, design studios and one-to-one supervision. you will undertake assignments, project work, reports on laboratory practicals, oral presentations and short tests. there are written examinations in May of each year. in level 3 all students undertake a major individual project worth one-third of the overall marks for the year.

PlaceMents

you can choose to study either a full-time course or the prestigious sandwich course. sandwich students undertake high-quality, paid work placements in aviation or related industry. We have very good links with local and international businesses, and furthermore, Brunel is situated only five miles from heathrow airport. the placement in industry is taken between levels 2 and 3 for at least 44 weeks. this time can count towards the necessary experience to become an incorporated or chartered engineer.

careers

aviation engineering graduates can enter almost any professional aerospace career, for example as an aeronautical engineer, commercial or military pilot, air traffic controller, aeronautical researcher.

graduates have gone ontoworkfortherAF,easyjet, British airways, airbus, Bae systems and transport for london.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Mech

anical en

gin

eering

174cOntact


Mechanical Engineering BEng/MEng

Pathways: Aeronautics Automotive Design Building Services


aBOut the cOurse

the mainstream Mechanical engineering course at Brunel covers all the fundamental elements of mechanical engineering and design, and provides a background in related fields such as computing, electronics, electrical engineering, control, energy and environment. to give you greater commercial insight and awareness, you will also study elements of management, ethics, finance and law.

this course aims to produce mechanical engineering graduates equipped to play leading professional roles in industry and public service.

the course also offers three pathways allowing you to specialise at level 3 in the fields of aeronautics, automotive design or building services.

if you enter on the Beng route, you can transfer to the Meng programme at the end of level 2 by obtaining a pre-set progression standard.


the programme is accredited by the institution of Mechanical engineers (iMeche). the Meng degree course fulfils the academic requirement for registration as a chartered engineer (ceng). the Beng degree course fulfils the academic requirement to go forward for registration as an incorporated engineer (ieng); it partially fulfils the academic requirement for chartered engineer (ceng) registration.

tyPical MODules

level 1






• MechanicalLaboratories,technical drawing and Workshop experience

Beng entry criteria



Btec level 3 extended diploma ddd to include distinctions inFurtherMathematicsforTechnicians,andFurtherMechanicalPrinciples or equivalent.





MECHANICAL ENGINEERING BEng H303 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME H304 4-years thick-sandWich

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING WITH AERONAUTICS BEng H3HL 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME H3HK 4-years thick-sandWich

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING WITH AUTOMOTIVE DESIGN BEng H330 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME H342 4-years thick-sandWich

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING WITH BUILDING SERVICES BEngH3KF 3-yEArSFuLL-TIME H3K2 4-years thick-sandWich


Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

M

ech

anic

al e

ng

inee

rin

g

Brunel university


Meng entry criteria








MECHANICAL ENGINEERING MEngH301 4-yEArSFuLL-TIME H302 5-years thick-sandWich

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING WITH AERONAUTICS MEngHH34 4-yEArSFuLL-TIME HHH4 5-years thick-sandWich

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING WITH AUTOMOTIVE DESIGN MEngH320 4-yEArSFuLL-TIME H321 5-years thick-sandWich

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING WITH BUILDING SERVICES MEngHK22 4-yEArSFuLL-TIME HKF2 5-years thick-sandWich


level 2


• Thermofluids



• DesignandAnalysisof Mechanical systems and components


level 3


• FEA,CFDandDesignof engineering systems (Beng)



level 3 Options

• Sustainability,Mechatronics, and ic engines (general Mechanical engineering (gMe))

• PrinciplesofAircraftdesign (aeronautics (gMe))

• VehicleDesignandICengines (automotive design (gMe))

• MechanicalandElectricalservices for Buildings (Building services)

level 4 (Meng only)



• AdvancedThermofluids

• AdvancedSolidBody Mechanics

choices including

• AdvancedComputerengineering

• AdvancedModellingand design


teaching is by a mixture of lectures, laboratories, design studios and one-to-one supervision. there are written examinations in May of each year. in level 3 all students undertake a major individual project. this is worth a third of the overall marks for the year.

PlaceMents


students who complete the thick-sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with Professional development’.

careers

the range of industries in which our graduates choose to work is vast, and includes: aviation and avionics; agricultural machinery; automotive design and manufacture; building services engineering; electronics; gas and water supply; north sea oil production; mining and mineral processing; nuclear power; work for thewaterauthorities;TVproduction; accountancy; banking; insurance; patent engineering; financial consultancy; the police; the armed forces; the railways; and the national health service.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Mech

anical en

gin

eering

176cOntact


Motorsport Engineering BEng/MEng


aBOut the cOurse

this specialist degree provides a rigorous and traditional academic education coupled with a well-developed appreciation of the highly competitive and commercial nature of the automotive industry generally, and the motorsport sector specifically. the subjects studied include analytical and computational skills, principles and concepts appropriate to the design and operation of racing vehicles, such as materials, manufacturing methods, ic engines, aerodynamics, vehicle dynamics and electronics, and professional skills needed to equip graduates in the automotive industry.

this course aims to produce highly qualified motorsport engineers equipped with qualities and transferable skills for demanding employment in the motorsport, automotive and related industries and in the public sector where leadership, initiative, personal responsibility and professionalism are required.


the programme is accredited by the institution of Mechanical engineers (iMeche). the Meng degree course fulfils the academic requirement to go forward for registration as a chartered engineer (ceng). the Beng degree course fulfils the academic requirement to go forward for registration as an incorporated engineer (ieng); it partially fulfils the academic requirement for chartered engineer (ceng) registration.

tyPical MODules

level 1






• MotorsportLaboratories,technical drawing and Workshop experience

Beng entry criteria










Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

M

ech

anic

al e

ng

inee

rin

g

Brunel university


Meng entry criteria










level 2


• Thermofluids


• PrinciplesofVehicleDesign



level 3


• VehiclePerformance

• FEA,CFDandDesignof engineering systems (Beng)



level 4 (Meng only)


• racingTeamManagementandVehicleTesting

• AdvancedVehicledynamics, ic engines, Materials and Manufacturing

• StrategicManagement,innovation and enterprise

• AdvancedThermofluids

• AdvancedSolidBody Mechanics

Meng final year PrOject

all students participate in a team project of 5-6 people, which develops not only their transferable skills, but also their ability to design and manufacture a product. Motorsport engineering students form the management team of Brunel racing, and take on the responsibility of

designing, building, testing, and competing a prototype racecarintheFormulastudent competition.


teaching is by a mixture of lectures, laboratories, design studios and one-to-one supervision. there are written examinations in May of each year. in level 3 all students undertake a major individual project. this is worth a third of the overall marks for the year.

PlaceMents


students who complete the thick-sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with Professional development’.

careers

a number of Brunel graduates are currently working in motorsport or related engineering companies, some holding very senior positions. destinations have included: MercedesGP,ForceIndia F1,Lotus,redBull,Virginracing, Jaguar land rover, Mercedes-Benz high Performance engines, lola cars, triumph Motorcycles, ricardo, cummins and Perkins engines.



Politics, History and international relations

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Politics, H

istory an

d in

ternatio

nal r

elation

s

Politics, History and international relationsannual intake: 145

Why study Politics, history and international relations at Brunel?

★★ history at Brunel was recently ranked 3rd in the country in the Guardian league table, just below cambridge and st andrews. Both Politics and history also score highly on nss ratings, with history scoring 100% for student satisfaction two years in a row and Politics scoring 90%.

★★ students have easy access to a wealth of research resources in london, for example national and international museums, galleries, libraries (including the British newspaper library) and the Public records office, which contain a wealth of information on social and economic history in Britain and europe.

★★ We offer the opportunity to study for an academic year at the state university of new york at Brockport. We also run exchange schemes in the erasmus Programmes with a number of european universities.

★★ Both history (Brunel university history society) and Politics (Brunel university Politics society) have thriving student-run societies which hold regular meetings, debates and social events as well as providing platforms for outside guest speakers. For the latest news and events visit their Facebook pages.

courses at a Glance

history Ba ............................................................................................... 180

Politics Bsc .............................................................................................. 182

international Politics Bsc ....................................................................... 182

Joint honours:

Politics and history Bsc .......................................................... 180, 182

Politics and economics Bsc .................................................... 106, 182

Politics and history Bsc .......................................................... 180, 182

Politics and sociology Bsc ....................................................... 182, 192

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

P

olit

ics,

His

tory

an

d in

tern

atio

nal

rel

atio

ns



Safa is a third year Poli t ics and Economics student.

i chose to come to Brunel because i wanted more from university than just a degree – i wanted to be in an environment of opportunity. the campus is so vibrant and there is such a rich selection of clubs and societies here that it is difficult not to get involved!

studying Politics and economics has engaged me in lively debate, group work, critical analysis and has given me the ability to better understand the complex world around me. i have enjoyed rewarding responsibilities such as playing on the tennis team and being the club’s treasurer as well as acting as a student representative for the last two years.

When it comes to deciding what to do after university, the careers service here are on hand with an abundance of resources and advice. i spent my first summer holiday at Goldman sachs where i gained an invaluable insight into investment banking. More recently, i completed a summer internship at JPMorgan on their emerging markets trading desk – a challenging experience and incredible fun.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Politics, H

istory an

d in

ternatio

nal r

elation

s

180contact

dr niall Palmer, admissions tutortel: +44 (0)1895 265952 email: [email protected]

History BA

check the Web for up-to-date course, entry criteria and fees information.

aBout tHe course

the history programme at Brunel introduces you to the study of societies in the past. it looks at the history of Britain, europe and the wider world in the modern period. through an examination of life as it was lived in the past, you begin to understand what it means to be human and to understand both how different the past is from the present and also the connections between present and past events.

students are encouraged to deploy a range of historical approaches including economic, social, political, intellectual and cultural perspectives, in their research and writing.

this course offers exciting opportunities to explore diverse past societies and cultures. it encourages students to develop their own skills in recovering and interpreting historical evidence, in formulating arguments and in developing their own historical perspectives.

distinctive in its range of approach and in its broad cover of time and place, this programme also develops your power of independent enquiry, critical analysis and judgement, planning and time management.

course content

Please note that module availability is subject to change.

tyPical Modules

level 1 core

• Sources,Methodsand Perspectives in World history

• USHistoryfromthe1850s to the 1980s

• Britain1707-1939

• Europesince1870

• TheHistoryoftheamericas: conquest and colonisation

level 1 options

• CentralThemesinPolitical thought

• ModernBritishPolitics

• Introductiontoamerican Politics

• IntroductiontoWorld Politics

level 2 core

• USForeignPolicyfromWorld War ii to the end of the cold War

• TheBirthofIndustrialBritain1750-1850

level 2 options

• TotalWarintheModernEra

• Asia-PacificInternationalrelations


entry criteria

Gce a and as-level BBB, including Grade B in a-level history or related subject (General studies and critical thinking accepted as third a-level).

advanced diploma Progression diploma Grade B in creative andMedia,Society,Healthanddevelopment, Public services or Business, administration and Finance, plus an a-level at Grade B for additional and specialist learning.


iBdP 32 points including 6 in higher level history or related subject.

access Pass, including at least 65% ofunitswithMeritorDistinction.

For all of the above, 5 Gcses or equivalent at Grade c or above are also required, to include english and Maths(pleasenotethatthesemusthave been gained by the time you submit your ucas application).


HISTORY BAV100 3-yEARSFUll-TIME V101 4-years thick-sandWich

POLITICS AND HISTORY BScLVG1 3-yEARSFUll-TIME LVF1 4-years thick-sandWich

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

P

olit

ics,

His

tory

an

d in

tern

atio

nal

rel

atio

ns

Brunel university


• TheHolocaust

• Democracyanddemocratisation

• RevolutionaryRussia1890s-1930s

level 3 core

12,000-word dissertation

level 3 options

• Empire,Imperialismand hegemony

• TheArab-IsraeliConflict

• MonstrosityinPolitical thought and literature 1500-1900

• TheoryandPracticeof cultural diversity

• SlaveryandAbolitionin the atlantic World

• lateSovietCommunism,1945-91

• ThePoliticsofHeritage:historical Perspectives

• IndiaandtheWorld:theinternational relations of a rising Power

• Fascism

• TheSecondWorldWar

• Media,PoliticsandPower in america

• AustraliaandtheModernWorld

Final dissertation

students produce a 12,000 word dissertation on a subject of their choice. this major piece of work, undertaken with the support of a dissertation tutor, will give you the valuable opportunity to demonstrate research and writing skills. it is written on a subject relevant to your particular course of

study and may well relate to your future career plans.

study aBroad

history at Brunel currently operates a student exchange programme with the state university of new york at Brockport. in addition, we run student exchange schemes in the erasmus Programme with the universities of CyprusandMalta.

teacHinG and assessMent

you will be taught through various methods such as lectures, tutorials, workshops and seminars and you will receive one-to-one supervision in your final year project. exact assessment patterns vary, but most are based on a combination of coursework and formal written exams. typically, coursework marks constitute 25-50% of overall module grades.

eMPloyaBility

our four-year sandwich degree includes an integrated work placement which provides valuable experience of working in the real world before you graduate. emphasis throughout your studies will be placed on gaining transferable skills. you will develop your communications, report writing and presentation skills to a sound level, equipping you well for your subsequent career.

PlaceMents

this three-year course is also available as a four-year sandwich (with Professional development) course offering high-quality work placements which will help you to succeed in the competitive job market. you will be awarded the degree ‘with Professional development’.

careers

Past students have become managers in retail and industry, chartered accountants, chartered surveyors, journalists, police officers, bankers, civil servants, teachers, lawyers, it and business consultants andresearchers.Manyalso undertake further study in order to become specialists in a given field.

History Ba Joint Honours

you will select modules from those offered by each of the two subjects. check the course page on the Web for more detailed information on the joint honours course.

Politics and History Bsc

Gce a-level BBB including Grade B in a-level history or related subject. Please refer to Politics, page 182.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Politics, H

istory an

d in

ternatio

nal r

elation

s

182contact

dr niall Palmer, admissions tutortel: +44 (0)1895 265952 email: [email protected]

Politics BSc

International Politics BSc check the Web for up-to-date course, entry criteria and fees information.

aBout tHe course

Politics is a broad-based degree which provides a good foundation in the various aspects of the study of politics. it offers a grounding in the different approaches and theories used in the study of political science, as well as a range of options that focus on european, american and international politics, and political change.

international Politics focuses on politics in an international context. as well as providing a foundation in the approaches to, and theories of, politics and international relations, the programme will develop your understanding of the importance of politics in a globalising and integrating world.

course content

Please note that module availability is subject to change.

tyPical Modules

level 1 core

• PoliticalScienceMethods

• CentralThemesinPolitical thought

• ModernBritishPolitics

• IntroductiontoWorld Politics

• Introductiontoamerican Politics

• Europesince1870(international Politics only)

• Sources,MethodsandPerspectives in World history (international Politics only)

level 1 options

• Europesince1870

• Britain1707-1939

level 2 core

• ComparativePolitics


• TotalWarintheModernEra

• USForeignPolicyfromWorld War ii to the end of the cold War (international Politics only)

level 2 options

• Democracyanddemocratisation

• IssuesinAmericanPolitics

• USForeignPolicy:World War ii to the end of the cold War

• Asia-PacificInternationalrelations

• TheHolocaust

• RevolutionaryRussia,1890s-1930s (international Politics only)

entry criteria

Gce a-level BBB (General studies and critical thinking accepted).

advanced diploma Progression diploma Grade B in creative andMedia,Society,Healthanddevelopment, Public services or Business, administration and Finance, plus an a-level at Grade B for additional and specialist learning.


iBdP 32 points.

access Pass, including at least 65% ofunitswithMeritorDistinction.

For all of the above, 5 Gcses or equivalent at Grade c or above are also required, to include english and Maths(pleasenotethatthesemusthave been gained by the time you submit your ucas application).


INTERNATIONAL POLITICS BScL240 3-yEARSFUll-TIME L241 4-years thick-sandWich

POLITICS BScL200 3-yEARSFUll-TIME L202 4-years thick-sandWich

POLITICS AND ECONOMICS BSc LLC2 3-yEARSFUll-TIME LL12 4-years thick-sandWich

POLITICS AND HISTORY BSc LVG1 3-yEARSFUll-TIME LVF1 4-years thick-sandWich

POLITICS AND SOCIOLOGY BSc LLH2 3-yEARSFUll-TIME LL23 4-years thick-sandWich

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

P

olit

ics,

His

tory

an

d in

tern

atio

nal

rel

atio

ns

Brunel university


level 3 core

• Dissertation

• EuropeanUnionPolitics:Problems and Prospects

• GlobalisationandGovernance (international Politics only)

level 3 options

• GlobalisationandGovernance

• MonstrosityinPolitical thought and literature 1500-1900

• IndiaandtheWorld:Theinternational relations of a rising Power

• Empire,Imperialismand hegemony

• TheoryandPracticeof cultural diversity

• Intelligenceandnational security

• lateSovietCommunism:1945-1991

• ThePoliticsofHeritage:historical Perspectives

• Media,PowerandPolitics in america

• MarxandMarxism

• TheSecondWorldWar

• PartiesandVotersin the uk

• Fascism

• TheArab-IsraeliConflict

• Asia-PacificInternationalRelations:Moderneast-West encounters (international Politics only)

• TheSecondWorldWar(international Politics only)

dissertation

students produce a 12,000 word dissertation on a subject of their choice. this major piece of work, undertaken with the support and supervision of a

dissertation tutor, will give you a valuable opportunity to demonstrate research and writing skills. it is written on a subject relevant to your particular course of study and may well relate to your future career plans.

study aBroad

Politics at Brunel operates an exchange programme with the state university of new york at Brockport. We also run student exchange schemes via the erasmus Programme. current partner institutions include the universities of rennes in France, stuttgart in Germany, helsinki in Finland and the university of cyprus.

teacHinG and assessMent

you will be taught through various methods such as lectures, tutorials, workshops and seminars and you will receive one-to-one supervision in your final year project. exact assessment patterns vary, but most are based on a combination of coursework and formal written exams. typically, coursework marks constitute 25-50% of overall module grades.

eMPloyaBility

studying politics will equip you with a range of transferable skills that will enable you to follow the career you want after graduation. a major attraction of our courses is the wide variety of career opportunities to which they can lead.

PlaceMents

this three-year course is also available as a four-year sandwich (with Professional development) course offering high-quality work placements which will help you to succeed in the competitive job market. you will be awarded the degree ‘with Professional development’.

careers

our students pursue a wide variety of jobs after graduating. some Brunel graduates such asJohnMcDonnellMP,or former labour party general secretary Baroness McDonagh,optforcareersin politics. others have joined the Foreign and commonwealth office, the home office, GchQ and military intelligence.

Politics Bsc Joint Honours


Politics and economics Bsc

Gce a-level BBB including GradeCinAS-levelMathsor statistics. Please refer to economics, page 106.

Politics and History Bsc

Gce a-level BBB including Grade B in a-level history. Please refer to history, page 180.

Politics and sociology Bsc

Gce a-level BBB. Please refer to sociology, page 192.



Psychology

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Psycho

log

y

PsychologyAnnual intake: 203

Why study Psychology at Brunel?

★★ our courses will help you to develop specific skills in the practical methods associated with your discipline. We take pride in both the quality of our teaching and the extensive pastoral care of our students.

★★ Brunel Psychology degrees provide graduate basis for registration and membership with the British Psychological society (assuming a 2:2 or above is achieved). this can be important as an entry qualification for postgraduate professional training in psychology.

★★ a full range of laboratory and technical facilities are used in the teaching of experimental psychology. these include brain imaging facilities (fMrI, eeg), psychophysics, eye tracking and the use of information technology.

★★ all of our academic staff are actively engaged in research and many have international reputations in their field. their expertise is varied, providing a wide choice of fascinating advanced options for dissertation research and final year modules.

★★ We enjoy greater funding than many other comparable academic schools and departments in Britain.

courses At A glAnce

Psychology Bsc ....................................................................................... 186

Joint honours:

• PsychologyandAnthropologyBSc ................................... 62, 186

• PsychologyandSociologyBSc .......................................... 186, 192B

ru

nel

un

iver

sit

y

Psyc

ho

log

y



Roman is now a Clinical Psychologist

i graduated with a first in Psychology from Brunel in 2003. the course was my first choice due to the work placement element. My placements included working on a therapeutic community in the us, and with Behavioural investigative Advisors which formed the basis of my final year thesis and sparked my interest in forensic and clinical work.

on graduation, i wanted to pursue clinical Psychology training and managed to get a number of Assistant Psychologist posts within forensic settings. i believe that having already had work experience in various psychology settings made me stand out as a candidate, especially helping me get my first graduate job.

in 2006, i was accepted onto clinical Psychology training at ucl. i’m now a qualified clinical Psychologist within nhs forensic services in south-east london. My job involves assessing and treating patients with a range of mental health problems who also have a forensic history, both within an inpatient and outpatient setting.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Psycho

log

y

186contAct

Dr gustav Kuhn, Admissions tutortel: +44 (0)1895 265952 email: [email protected]

Psychology BSc

check the Web for up-to-date course, entry criteria and fees information.

ABout the course

the Psychology courses at Brunel emphasise the every day and real-life significance of psychology by encouraging you to explore the relationship between the practical and theoretical aspects of the subject, both through academic study and work placements.

this degree ensures that you gain an understanding of the breadth and diversity of the discipline. at the same time, as you progress through the course and discover the areas which interest you the most, it becomes increasingly possible to specialise, through our work placement system, your selection of modules and your dissertation research.

the courses in Psychology, Psychology and sociology, and Psychology and anthropology are approved degree courses for the purpose of giving the graduate basis for registration by the British Psychological society, provided the minimum standard of qualification of second class honours is achieved.

tyPicAl MoDules

level 1 (all core)

• FoundationsofPsychology 1: learning and social Psychology

• FoundationsofPsychology2: applied Psychology

• FoundationsofPsychology3: Brain and cognition

• Statisticsandresearch Methods

• Individualandsocial Processes

level 2

• DevelopmentalPsychology

• SocialPsychology

• CognitivePsychology

• IndividualDifferences

• BiologicalPsychology

• AdvancedResearchMethods

• AdvancedDataAnalysis

level 3 core

• Dissertation(individualsupervision on a topic of your choosing)

examples of options (four from)

• Inter-GroupRelations

• TherapeuticApproachesin clinical Psychology and Mental health

• IntroductiontoCognitiveneuroscience

• AutisticSpectrumDisorder

• EvolutionaryPsychology

• Psychologyofconsciousness

entry criteriA

gce A-level BBB or equivalent (general studies and critical thinking not accepted). at least two of the three a-levels should be in traditional subjects.

Advanced Diploma Progression diploma grade B in society, health and development plus an a-level at grade B for additional and specialist learning.

Btec level 3 extended Diploma ddd in a related subject.

iBDP 32 points.

Access Pass, including at least 65% of level 3 credits with distinction and the rest with Merit.

Foralloftheabove,5GCSEsorequivalent at grade B or above are also required, to include english, Maths and science.

MoDe oF stuDy/ucAs coDes

PSYCHOLOGY BSCC801 3-yEARSFull-TImE C800 4-years thIn-sandWIch

PSYCHOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY BSCLC68 3-yEARSFull-TImE LC6V 4-years thIn-sandWIch

PSYCHOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY BSCCL8H 3-yEARSFull-TImE CL83 4-years thIn-sandWIch

• Drugs,Hormonesand the Brain

• HealthPsychology

• PracticalInvestigationsof Brain and Mind

teAching AnD AssessMent

you will be taught through various methods such as lectures, tutorials, workshops and seminars and you will receive one-to-one supervision in your final year project. assessment is by a combination of essays, projects, presentations, audiovisual production and examination.

eMPloyABility

the course offers a rounded educational package, including the development of transferable skills.

emphasis is on ‘learning by doing’. rigorous training is provided in a range of methodologies and research skills appropriate to psychology. students will gain grounding in new information and communications technologies. these are valuable skills, no matter which career you hope to pursue.

PlAceMents

Professional work placements are integral to the four-year sandwich course, and allow you to develop invaluable skills, improve career prospects and provide a basis for the final year dissertation. students benefit from our excellent links with external organisations.

Placement opportunities are wide-ranging, crossing the different fields of psychology eg neuropsychology, forensic psychology and educational psychology.

cAreers

With a good degree in psychology, you may go on to train as a clinical, educational, occupational or forensic psychologist. other careers include work with adults or children with disabilities, counselling, personnel management, market research and advertising, prison and probation work, speech and language therapy and psychological research. Psychology degrees are valued by business and other employers.

Psychology Bsc Joint honours

you will select modules from those offered by each of the two subjects. our joint honours degrees are accredited by the British Psychological society and therefore driven by the Psychology component. check the course page on the Web for more detailed information on the joint honours courses.

Psychology and Anthropology Bsc

gce a-level BBB. refer to anthropology page 62.

Psychology and sociology Bsc

gce a-level BBB. refer to sociology page 192.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

Ps

ych

olo

gy

Brunel university


Philothe worked for the NHS on her psychology placement.

“i gained invaluable knowledge into what it takes to become a clinical psychologist working for the nhs. At the child and Adolescent Mental health services (cAMhs) based in london, i was able to further develop my skills and was involved in a range of different activities such as giving presentations and taking part in important meetings.

i would strongly recommend that students take advantage of the placement opportunities at Brunel and they are worth the extra year.”



Sociology and communicationS

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

socio

log

y and

Co

mm

un

ication

s

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

s

oci

olo

gy

and

Co

mm

un

icat

ion

s



Chereece studied Sociology

What stood out for me at Brunel was its reputation for the four-year thin sandwich sociology course which allows you to undertake two separate work placements. the assistance and encouragement given by the Placement and Careers Centre allowed me to carry out my first placement in a secondary school for students with a range of special educational needs and moderate learning difficulties. i learnt so much and was overwhelmed with how the students responded to me whilst i supported their learning alongside the main teacher.

Following the success of my first placement, it was an obvious choice for me to conduct the second one in another educational environment. these placements became more than just work experience but stepping stones to a possible career in teaching, and allowed me to apply theory learnt within lectures to educational settings.

now having completed my fourth and final challenging year at Brunel, gaining a First Class Honours, i am pursuing a career in teaching. the endless opportunities alongside the friendly and knowledgeable lecturers, made my experience at Brunel a positive one and i would definitely recommend it.

soCiology and CommuniCations annual intake: 140

Why study sociology and communications at Brunel?

★★ We have an international reputation for research and excellence in teaching, with particular expertise in areas such as globalisation and social transformation, the sociology of leisure and urban spaces, the politics of popular culture, television and media audiences, the public sphere, media discourse, medical sociology, health and the politics of protest, multiculturalism, race and ethnicity.

★★ our courses are multi-disciplinary and flexible – you will have the option to take modules in other social sciences subjects.

★★ communications and media studies students have access to video recording equipment, a number of industry standard aVid video editing suites and ample it facilities.

★★ We take particular pride in both the quality of our teaching and the extensive pastoral care of our students. this is reflected in the very high satisfaction rates given by our students in the national student survey (nns) 2011. 90% of sociology students are satisfied or very satisfied with their degree programme and 88% of communications and media studies students are satisfied or very satisfied with their degree programme.

Courses at a glanCe

communication and media studies Bsc .............................................. 190

sociology Bsc ......................................................................................... 192

Joint honours:

• AnthropologyandSociologyBSc ...................................... 62, 192

• PoliticsandSociologyBSc ................................................ 182, 192

• PsychologyandSociologyBSc ......................................... 186, 192

• SociologyandMediaStudiesBSc .................................... 190, 192

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

socio

log

y and

Co

mm

un

ication

s

190ContaCt

dr sharon lockyer, admissions tutortel: +44 (0)1895 265952 email: [email protected]

Communication and Media Studies BSc


aBout tHe Course

as a student on this course, you will learn, both theoretically and via hands-on experience, how the communication and information media actually work. this course enjoys a very close relationship with sociology at Brunel, and particular attention is paid to the social and cultural dimensions of the media, and especially to the social and cultural consequences of the new technologies of communication and information.

this is a broad-based degree which offers students the opportunity to specialise in areas of particular interest, for example in the impact of the internet and of other information and communications technologies, social media, media policy and regulation. the course also offers you the ability to gain experience in video editing and production.

throughout the degree you will be encouraged to link together the theoretical and practical parts of the course as you engage in a broad-ranging sociological study of the contemporary media.

Course Content

level 1 combines a foundation in the theories and methods of the social sciences, together with hands-on experience in video production. level 2 provides more sophisticated modules in the sociology of communications and media. at level 3 you can choose from a wide range of options in leading-edge aspects of communications and media studies, most of them based on the research interests of teaching staff. your final project may be based on practical video production.

tyPiCal modules

level 1

• Introductiontomedia studies

• IntroductiontoVideoProduction

• Media,CultureandSociety

• IntroductiontoSocialand cultural research

• Introductiontosocial enquiry

• IndividualandSocialProcesses

level 2

• VideoProduction

• MediaGenresandSociety

• ResearchinPractice

• GlobalCommunication

entry Criteria

gCe a-level BBB (general studies and critical thinking accepted).

advanced diplomaProgressiondiploma grade B in creative and media, society, health and Development,orPublicServices,plus an a-level at grade B for additional and specialist learning.


iBdP 32 points.

accessPass,includingatleast60%of units with merit or distinction

For all of the above, 5 gcses or equivalent at grade c or above are also required, to include english and maths (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your ucas application).

mode oF study/uCas Codes

COMMUNICATION AND MEDIA STUDIES BScPP93 3-years Full-time P910 4-years thin-sandWich

SOCIOLOGY AND MEDIA STUDIES BScLP33 3-years Full-time LP39 4-years thin-sandWich

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

s

oci

olo

gy

and

Co

mm

un

icat

ion

s

Brunel university


options (two from)

• Media,Cultureandrepresentation

• SocialDivisions:Differenceand resistance

• WorkandSociety

• SociologyofEverydaylife: issues in contemporary culture

level 3

• AdvancedVideoProduction:Film,Horrorand the imagination

• UnderstandingAudiences

• TheAgeofNewMedia

• CityLives:Bodies,Spacesand social interactions

• TelevisionStudies

• Comedy,Cultureand the media

• Crime,Devianceand addiction

• HealthandtheNewPoliticsofProtest

• SociologyofHealthand illness

• Multiculturalism:Race,ethnicity and difference

• PopularMusicandPopularCulture

teaCHing and assessment



emPloyaBility

communication and media studies at Brunel is virtually unique because it offers both a conventional three-year degree and a ‘thin-sandwich’, four-year degree which involves two six-month work placements (these may be shorter if unpaid). students gain experience and contacts vital for future employment in a world that increasingly expects job candidates to offer something more than a degree certificate.

PlaCements

this three-year course is also available as a four-year sandwich (with ProfessionalDevelopment)course offering high-quality work placements which will help you to succeed in the competitive job market. you will be awarded the degree ‘with ProfessionalDevelopment’.

Careers

you can enter a wide variety of careers ranging from public relations and corporate communications to research and production work for video and television companies. although you will have plenty of practical experience in information technology and video production, this course is not designed to offer vocational qualifications in either information technology or film and television production.

recent graduates now work in events and production co-ordination, research and buying in the media industries.

CommuniCation and media studies Bsc Joint Honours


sociology and media studies Bsc

gCe a-levelBBC.Pleasereferto sociology, page 192.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

socio

log

y and

Co

mm

un

ication

s

192ContaCt

dr sharon lockyer, admissions tutortel: +44 (0)1895 265961 email: [email protected]

Sociology BSc


aBout tHe Course

this degree is designed for highly motivated students with a keen interest in all aspects of human behaviour and society. it provides rigorous training in a range of methodologies and research skills appropriate to sociology.

the course is concerned with developing theories that explain the changing nature of social behaviour in our own and other societies. the kinds of question with which we are concerned are: ‘What is society?’ ‘how and why is it changing?’ ‘What are the opportunities for future change and development?’

you will develop specific skills in the practical methods associated with sociology and will explore in-depth the major issues and approaches within this and related disciplines. this is a broad-based degree which enables students to specialise in areas which particularly fascinate them.

Course Content

this course provides a stimulating and wide-ranging introduction to the theories, methods and findings of sociology and social theory, and offers opportunities for specialisation in particular areas, such as health and illness,

deviance, social theory, the media and culture, race and ethnicity, and the sociology of urban spaces.

tyPiCal modules

level 1

• IntroductiontoSociology

• Globalisation

• IntroductiontoSocialand cultural research

• Media,CultureandSociety

• Introductiontosocial enquiry

• IndividualandSocialProcesses

level 2

• SocialDivisions

• SociologyofEverydaylife: issues in contemporary culture

• ResearchinPractice

• WorkandSociety

options (two from)

• Ethnographyofthecontemporary World

• MediaGenresandSociety

• HistoryandTheoryofsocial anthropology

• BritishEthnicMinorities

level 3

• CityLives:Bodies,Spacesand interaction

• TelevisionStudies

• Comedy,Cultureand the media

• UnderstandingAudiences

entry Criteria

gCe a-level BBB (general studies and critical thinking accepted).

advanced diplomaProgressiondiploma grade B in society, health and development, plus an a-level at grade B for additional and specialist learning.


iBdP 32 points.

accessPass,includingatleast60%of units with merit or distinction.

For all of the above, 5 gcses or equivalent at grade c or above are also required, to include english and maths (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your ucas application).


SOCIOLOGY BSc L301 3-years Full-time

L300 4-years thin-sandWich

ANTHROPOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY BScLL6H 3-years Full-time LL63 4-years thin-sandWich

POLITICS AND SOCIOLOGY BScLL12 4-years thick-sandWich

LL23 4-years thick-sandWich

PSYCHOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY BScCL8H 3-years Full-time

CL83 4-years thin-sandWich

SOCIOLOGY AND MEDIA STUDIES BScLP33 3-years Full-time

LP39 4-years thin-sandWich

• Crime,Devianceand addiction

• HealthandtheNewPoliticsofProtest

• SociologyofHealthand illness

• TheAgeofNewMedia

• Multiculturalism

• PopularMusicandPopularCulture

teaCHing and assessment



emPloyaBility

sociology at Brunel is virtually unique because it offers both a conventional three-year degree and a ‘thin-sandwich’, four-year degree which involves two six-month work placements (these may be shorter if unpaid). students gain experience and contacts vital for future employment in a world that increasingly expects job candidates to offer something more than a degree certificate.

PlaCements

this three-year course is also available as a four-year sandwich (with ProfessionalDevelopment)course offering high-quality work placements which will help you to succeed in the competitive

job market. you will be awarded the degree ‘with ProfessionalDevelopment’.recent uk placement destinations include the BBc, the Foreign office, theCampaignforPressand Broadcasting Freedom, amnesty international and the department of health.

Careers

sociologists are in increasing demand in many sectors in social welfare and policy, in local government and administration, in medicine, in education and research, and in industry. sociology students can be found in a diverse range of careers, including computing, consultancy, lobbying, teaching, campaigning and fundraising.

soCiology Bsc Joint Honours


anthropology and sociology Bsc

gCe a-level BBB. refer to anthropology page 62.

Politics and sociology Bsc

gCe a-levelBBB.PleaserefertoPolitics,page182.

Psychology and sociology Bsc

gCe a-level BBB. refer to Psychologypage186.

sociology and media studies Bsc

gCe a-levelBBC.Pleaserefer to communication and media studies, page 190.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

s

oci

olo

gy

and

Co

mm

un

icat

ion

s

Brunel university


Antonel la graduated in 2010 and now has a permanent posit ion with her work placement employer.

one of the most important aspects of my degree was the experience and skills that i gained through work placements, which enabled both me and friends on my course to obtain jobs after graduating. i was offered and accepted the post of volunteer Placement advisor by my work placement employer, the Hillingdon association of voluntary services.

the skills i learnt on placement were key in securing employment following my degree and will enable me to grow and develop in my working life ahead.

Antonella is pictured (back row, second from the right)during the presentation of a Brunel award to the Hillingdon Association of Voluntary Services as the best small organisation placement employer for 2010.


school of sport and education

Sport ScienceS

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

spo

rt sciences

sport sciences Annual intake: 220

Why study sport sciences at Brunel?

★★ We offer some of the best university sports facilities in the uK and have an international reputation for sporting excellence. up to 100 national sporting honours are achieved by our current students each year and we can boast olympic, World, commonwealth and european champions amongst our graduates.

★★ We have forged strong links with sports personnel, organisations and institutions at local, regional, national and international levels.

★★ special study arrangements can be made for high‑performance sports students. We also offer a range of sports scholarships.

★★ teaching is delivered by academic staff aho have national and international reputations for their research. some staff are accredited by the British association of sport and exercise sciences (Bases), enabling them to work with high performance athletes.

courses At A GlAnce

sport sciences Bsc .................................................................................. 196

sport sciences (coaching) Bsc .............................................................. 196

sport sciences (human performance) Bsc ........................................... 196

sport sciences (Management of sport development) Bsc ................ 196

sport sciences (physical education and youth sport) Bsc .................. 196

Joint honours:

• BusinessStudiesandSportSciencesBSc .......................... 88, 196B

ru

nel

un

iver

sit

y

sp

ort

sci

ence

s



Jane is a f inal year Spor t Sciences student.

i chose to study at Brunel university primarily because of the sporting facilities on offer but also because of the good reputation that Brunel has for sport sciences.

i have studied all aspects of sport including biomechanics, physiology, psychology and sociology. the focus of the course has ranged from children right up to the elite high performance athlete.

the teaching team work hard to provide engaging lectures and seminars on current theory and cutting edge practices. this is supported by laboratory sessions, which provide a practical learning experience, often using state of the art equipment. the facilities available to sport sciences students at Brunel are second to none. the staff who are undoubtedly experts within their field, are approachable, very supportive and dedicated to helping each student follow their interests and maximise their potential during the three years.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

spo

rt sciences

196contAct

noel Kinrade, Admissions tutor Business studies and sport sciencestel: +44 (0)1895 267383 email: [email protected]

Sport Sciences BSccheck the Web for up-to-date course, entry criteria and fees information.

ABout the course

the sport sciences courses offered at Brunel aim to provide you with an understanding of the scientific basis of sport performance and the factors influencing personal and social behaviour across various domains. the courses consist of flexible learning opportunities that are integrative and multi‑disciplinary in nature. in the first year all students study a broad range of related disciplines which facilitates the pursuit of specialist areas of study. these are reflected in the pathways below.

in addition to the generic sport sciences degree, we offer four specialised pathways that provide the opportunity to apply theoretical concepts to a specific area of study. For example:

coaching: students learn methods used to plan, deliver, reflect on and modify coaching programmes and the techniques used to monitor and evaluate sports performance.

human performance: students practise techniques used to monitor, evaluate and enhance sports performance in laboratory or field settings, and learn how to design, conduct and analyse experiments with due regard to appropriate protocols, safety and participant consent.

Management of sport Development: students investigate the development of sports clubs and national and international level sport organisations. they develop knowledge of the function and policy making in sporting organisations in a political, historical, economical and social context.

physical education and youth sport: students explore issues and values surrounding curriculum, pedagogy and policy. they develop an understanding of development, health and well being in relation to its application to children and young people.

please note: if your training requirements and participation in high level sport increase, it may be possible to switch to part‑time study.

course content

please check the website for modules on the specialist pathways.

typicAl MoDules

level 1

• AnalyticalSkillsinSportand physical activity

• AnatomyandBiomechanics

• CoachingandPhysicaleducation

• Foundationsofsport physiology

• SociologyandtheManagement of sport

entry criteriA

Gce A-level BBB, including a science or social science subject or pe at a‑level (General studies/critical thinking accepted).

Advanced Diploma progression diploma Grade B in society, health and development, including an a‑level at Grade B in a science, social science or physical education subject for additional and specialist learning.

Btec level 3 extended Diploma ddd in a sport or a science subject.

Btec level 3 Diploma dd in a sport or a science subject plus B in 1 a‑level.

iBDp 32 points.

Access pass (access and mature students who have had substantial and relevant employment or experience are encouraged to apply).

a commitment to sport or exercise is expected from all applicants.

MoDe oF stuDy/ucAs coDes

SPORT SCIENCES BScC600 3‑years Full‑tiMe;

6‑years part‑tiMe

C602 4‑years thicK‑sandWich

SPORT SCIENCES (COACHING) BScC603 3‑years Full‑tiMe;

6‑years part‑tiMeCX61 4‑years thicK‑sandWich

SPORT SCIENCES (HUMAN PERFORMANCE) BScC604 3‑years Full‑tiMe;

6‑years part‑tiMeC605 4‑years thicK‑sandWich

SPORT SCIENCES (MANAGEMENT OF SPORT DEVELOPMENT) BScCN68 3‑years Full‑tiMe;

6‑years part‑tiMe

CN6V 4‑years thicK‑sandWich

SPORT SCIENCES (PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND YOUTH SPORT) BScCX63 3 years Full‑tiMe;

6‑years part‑tiMeCX6H 4‑years thicK‑sandWich

BUSINESS STUDIES AND SPORT SCIENCES BScC6N1 3‑years Full‑tiMe;

6‑years part‑tiMeNC1P 4‑years thicK‑sandWich

• ThePsychologyofPersonaldevelopment and sport

level 2

• QualitativeandQuantitativemethodsof analysis (core)

• AppliedSportandexercise physiology

• Biomechanicalanalysis of sport

• ChildandYouthdevelopment in physical education and sport

• ManagementofSportdevelopment

• PrinciplesofCoachingeffectiveness

• PromotingSport

• SportingEnvironments

• SportandInternationaldevelopment

• Sport,Identityanddifference

• TheoryandApplicationin sport psychology

• TrainingApplicationsfor sport and exercise

level 3

• Dissertation–Majorproject (40 credits ‑ core)

• AppliedSportPsychology

• BiomechanicalAnalysistechniques

• Media,SportandSociety

• ExerciseinSpecialpopulations

• PhysicalEducationandsport pedagogy

• PhysiologyoftheHighperformance athlete

• ProfessionalIssuesin coaching and physical education

• SportEventsManagement

• Sport,Globalisationandinternational politics

teAchinG AnD AssessMent

Brunel offers excellent teaching and integrates pedagogical expertise that incorporates a wide range of teaching and learning strategies. you will be taught through various methods such as lectures, tutorials, workshops, practicals (including sports laboratory work and practical sports), computer‑assisted sessions and seminars. you will receive one‑to‑one supervision in your final year project. there are a range of assessment methods, including individual projects, oral presentations, group projects, essays, case studies, practical vivas, laboratory report writing, written examinations, computer‑based tests and practicals.

eMployABility

as a future employee you will need to equip yourself with both specific sport sciences knowledge and a range of more generic skills which are valued in the workplace. to this end, we work with you to develop a ‘personal development profile’, which helps you to identify and works towards your specific needs and career goals.

plAceMents

you will have the opportunity to gain professional experience working in prominent companies or organisations. students who complete the thick‑sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with professional placement’.

cAreers

We prepare you for a broad range of career opportunities in a wide range of sport‑related jobs, in such areas as coaching, consultancy, fitness testing and training, higher education and research, sport development, sport management, teaching, and youth work.

Graduates have found positions with, among others, the uK and regional sports councils, national governing bodies for sport, international organisations, sports clothing/footwear companies, professional clubs and local authorities, as well as in the leisure industry, the pharmaceutical industry, and the armed forces.

undergraduate study can prepare you for pGcert (education) courses and Master’s degrees.

Joint honours


Business studies and sport sciences Bsc

Gce a‑level BBB, including a science or social science subject or pe at a‑level. refer to Business and Management, page 88.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

s

po

rt s

cien

ces




Programmes with an integrated Foundation year

Programmes with an integrated Foundation Year

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Prog

ramm

es with

an in

tegrated

Fou

nd

ation

year

Programmes with an integrated Foundation year

★★ Since 1988, Brunel has offered alternative routes into Level 1 of its degree programmes in the School of Engineering and Design and the School of Information Systems, Computing and Mathematics. This long history means that we have extensive experience in preparing students for entry to degree programmes for which they may not initially have had appropriate qualifications.

★★ If you take a programme with an integrated Foundation Year you will still be eligible for financial support for the entire extended period of your degree. You should therefore apply to Student Finance England for support through to the end of your degree, and not just for the first year (this may be for four, five or even six years in total, depending upon whether you choose a BEng, MEng, BSc or MMath degree, and whether you take the full-time or sandwich mode).

★★ At the end of your Foundation Year, Level 0, you will progress to Level 1 of a linked degree programme in Brunel’s School of Engineering and Design or School of Information Systems, Computing and Mathematics.

★★ Brunel’s Foundation Year programmes are not ‘Foundation Degrees’. They are instead an alternative entry route to the first year of an existing degree programme.

Courses at a glanCe

Engineering with an Integrated Foundation Year ............................ 200

Information Systems, Computing and Mathematics with an Integrated Foundation Year ................................................... 201

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

P

rog

ram

mes

wit

h a

n in

teg

rate

d F

ou

nd

atio

n y

ear



David progressed onto the MEng in Motorspor t Engineering.

having known that i wanted to study engineering since the end of my gCse year, i chose Brunel because of a number of factors – its engineering reputation, its participation in Formula student competitions and its close proximity to london.

i didn’t get the grades to go straight into level 1 of a degree programme so i took an integrated Foundation year. this proved really helpful in improving my maths and physics and gave me a solid background in engineering fundamentals.

the motorsport course also offered a ‘sandwich’ year in industry which i spent in switzerland working for a large power company. i had an amazing time out there. the placement officer was fantastic at keeping me informed about new jobs and offering interview help and Cv diagnostics.

since returning to Brunel, i have become involved with the Formula student team, having written my dissertation on our hybrid honeycomb chassis.

i’ll never regret coming to Brunel. the opportunities available here will shape you and positively influence your future – they really have for me!

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Prog

ramm

es with

an in

tegrated

Fou

nd

ation

year

200ContaCt

dr l ganippa, Course director tel: +44 (0)1895 266633 email: [email protected]

Engineering with an Integrated Foundation YearCheck the web for up-to-date course, entry criteria and fees information.

aBout the Course

If you have studied subjects like arts, humanities or human sciences, and have secured high grades, this Foundation Year will help you switch to the challenging yet secure world of engineering and technology. Alternatively, you may need to build on existing qualifications in order to be accepted for an engineering degree.

During your foundation year, you will take modules from a range of subjects relevant to the area you want to enter, together with study skills, project work and practical techniques.

On successful completion of the year, you will progress to the first year (Level 1) of your chosen degree programme. You will have had a taste of several disciplines, so you will be confident that you are choosing a course you will enjoy. Progression is dependent upon satisfactory achievement of the required grades for your chosen course.

tyPiCal modules

• Mathematics

• Physics

• EngineeringScience

• ElectronicEngineering

• MaterialsScience

• Communication

• EngineeringProjects

ProjeCt work

There will also be two project breaks, each of one week’s duration, which will require the application of practical knowledge, mathematical and scientific skills, elements of design, graphical ability and intuition and initiative in a series of group projects.

teaChing and assessment

As well as lectures and seminars, you will have workshops in maths and physics and two weeks devoted entirely to experiential learning. Theoretical subjects such as Maths, Physics and Engineering Science are mainly assessed by formal written examinations. Skills-based subjects such as Engineering Projects and Communication are assessed by coursework, presentations and lab reports.

emPloyaBility

This programme is a conversion course for students who wish to study for an honours degree in engineering, technology or science at university.

Careers

Brunel engineering students have excellent career prospects. This programme provides an introduction to a variety of careers in engineering, not all of which are necessarily suggested at school or college.

entry Criteria

gCe a-level CCD, including Maths or Physics at A-Level or BCC without Maths or Physics at A-Level (General Studies and Critical Thinking not accepted).

advanced diploma Progression diploma Grade C in Engineering, plus the Specialist Unit in Maths for Engineers at Grade C along with 1 AS-level at Grade D for Additional and Specialist Learning.

BteC level 3 extended diploma DMM in an Engineering related subject.

iBdP 27 Points, including Higher Level Maths or Physics or 29 Points without Higher Level Maths or Physics.

Foundations of engineering Foundation courses not accepted for this course.

access Pass in an Engineering Subject.

For all of the above, 5 GCSEs or equivalent at Grade C or above are also required, to include English and Maths (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your UCAS application).


H100 1-YEAr FULL-TIME (LEvEL 0 OF A FULL DEGrEE PrOGrAMME)

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

P

rog

ram

mes

wit

h a

n in

teg

rate

d F

ou

nd

atio

n y

ear

ContaCt

dr d roman, admissions tutor tel: +44 (0)1895 265180 email: [email protected] 201

Information Systems, Computing and Mathematics with an Integrated Foundation YearCheck the web for up-to-date course, entry criteria and fees information.

aBout the Course

Information Systems, Computing and Mathematics with an Integrated Foundation provides an introduction to a variety of exciting and fast-moving disciplines in Information Systems and Mathematics. The programme enables those who originally chose another career route to switch to an incredibly diverse range of challenging and fulfilling careers that value or require a strong background in computing or mathematics. It is also an opportunity for mature students to return to study.

After completing the programme, you will be able to make a well-informed decision as to where your interests lie.

tyPiCal modules

• StudySkills

• DiscreteandDecisionMathematics

• MathematicalMethods

• IntroductiontoComputersand Programming

• Statistics

teaChing and assessment

You will be taught through various methods such as lectures, tutorials and computer workshops. The ratio of exams to coursework is approximately 60:40. Coursework consists mainly of short tests and project work.

emPloyaBility

Graduates with degrees for which this Foundation Year acts as a first step, are always in high demand. For details see the course pages for those degrees.

Careers

Talented people who have good technical or scientific qualifications, as well as imagination, enthusiasm and communication and organisational skills, are always in great demand. A wide variety of interesting and well-paid career opportunities are available.

entry Criteria

gCe a-level CDD, preferably including Maths/Physics.

BteC level 3 extended diploma MMM in a related subject.

iBdP 26 points

access Pass

advanced diploma Progression diploma Progression Diploma Grade D in one of the following subjects, plus an A-level at Grade C for Additional and Specialist Learning: Construction and the Built Environment; Engineering; Society; Health and Development; IT; Environmental and Land-based Studies; Manufacturing and Product Design; Business, Administration and Finance; Public Services; or retail Business.

For all the above, 5 GCSEs at Grade C or above are also required, to include English and Maths (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your UCAS application).


G503 1-YEAr FULL-TIME (LEvEL 0 OF A FULL DEGrEE PrOGrAMME)

Degree anD Course struCtures


www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Deg

ree and

cou

rse structu

res

Degree structure

Awards

Brunel University awards the following first degrees: Bachelor of Engineering BEng, Bachelor of Science BSc, Bachelor of Arts BA, Bachelor of Music BMus and Bachelor of Laws LLB. The following integrated Master’s degrees: Master of Engineering MEng and Master of Mathematics MMath. BSc Information Systems, Computing and Mathematics with an Integrated Foundation Year and BEng Engineering with an Integrated Foundation Year are available for students who do not meet the standard critera for Level 1 entry.

First degrees are usually awarded with honours, classified into first class, second class (with upper and lower divisions) or third class. You are admitted to the University on the assumption that you will achieve an honours degree. Some Schools offer a less demanding ordinary degree course if your performance proves not to be of honours standard before the final year.

the three-part year

Brunel’s course structure is based on three periods of study per year. There are two teaching terms of 12 weeks each, running from September to December and from January to Easter. There is then a third, shorter term for revision, examination and assessment.

Students who take a four year sandwich course will spend a further period in either one or two work placements, depending on whether the course offers a thin- or thick-sandwich route. The tables opposite summarise this structure.

There are some exceptions to this, for example:

• Education:forinformationondegreestructureforcoursesleading to qualified teacher status, see pages 132-133.

• Physiotherapy,OccupationalTherapyandSpecialistCommunityPublicHealthNursing:studentsmaytakeclinicalworkexperience during vacations (see pages 138-141 and 146-147).

• SocialWork:allstudentsspendaproportionofeachyear in the field, and those following the part-time employment route work according to calendar rather than academic years (see page 142-145).

Part-time courses

Some degrees are available on a part-time basis – all available modesofstudyarelistedoneachcoursepage.Part-timestudents normally take up to 80 credits per academic year, though this may vary according to your circumstances.

Course structure

three years full-time

Students following a three year full-time route study for six academic terms, with a standard summer vacation.

year levelterm 1 term 2 term 3 summer

Sept – Dec Jan – Easter Easter – Mid-May Mid-May – Sept

1 1 AcademicPeriod1 AcademicPeriod2 Assessment Summer vacation


3 3 AcademicPeriod5 AcademicPeriod6 Assessment –

Four years thick-sandwich

The four year thick-sandwich route follows a similar pattern, but students spend the whole of Year 3 on placement.




22

AcademicPeriod3 AcademicPeriod4 Assessment Summer vacation

3 WorkPlacement


Four years thin-sandwich

The four year thin-sandwich route involves two periods on work placements, which are likely to extend through the summer vacation. If you are taking a course approved by a professional institution, longer periods of work experience may give exemptions from some membership requirements.



1 1 AcademicPeriod1 AcademicPeriod2 Assessment WorkPlacement1

22

WorkPlacement1 AcademicPeriod3 Assessment Summer vacation

3 AcademicPeriod4 WorkPlacement2


Joint honours degrees

Some subjects can be combined with a selected second subject to form a joint honours programme.Possiblecombinationsarelistedatthebeginningofeachsubjectareasection, and in the Course Index on pages 54-57.

The proportion of credits you will be expected to attain in each subject varies according to your programme specification but, for a joint honours course rated at 360 credits, you must take a minimum of 160 credits in each of the two subjects.

Degree anD Course struCtures

203

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

D

egre

e an

d c

ou

rse

stru

ctu

res

Brunel university

undergraduate prospectus

MoDules anD CreDits, teaChing anD assessMent


www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Deg

ree and

cou

rse structu

res

Modules and credits

Module choice

You select your modules before the beginning of each level. Your tutor can advise you about the choices available, and there are, of course, academic constraints to ensure that you do not follow a module for which you do not have the proper grounding. Occasionally,yourtimetablewillalsolimityourchoice.

The structure may allow you, within the programme specification for your course, either to broaden the range of topics you study or to specialise in one particular area. Most degree courses contain compulsory modules in order to maintain the coherence of the course or to meet the requirements of professional institutions. However,youmayalsobeabletoselectothermodules.

Language modules may be available for credit on your course, or you may choose to take them for additional credit which does not contribute to your award (or just for fun!).

Credits

All Brunel’s courses are made up of study and assessment blocks (modules) worth 10 to 30 credits each. Levels 3 and 4 may include a major project, worth up to 40 credits. You will build up these modules, usually gaining at least 120 credits per year, until you completeatleast360creditstoachieveanHonoursdegree.

There are some exceptions to this pattern:

• Thick-andthin-sandwichplacementsattract120furthercredits, so you will complete at least 480 credits in total. This structure leads to a separate degree award title, indicated inthe‘Placements’sectionontherelevantcoursepages.

• ThoseundertakinganMEngqualificationwillstudyforafurtheryear. This year, Level 4, will include advanced modules and group projects and you must complete at least 120 further credits.

• Ifyoudonotcompleteyourdegreeprogramme,youmay still be eligible to achieve a recognised qualification, depending on the number of credits you complete.

Since each module has a credit value, Brunel is able to participate in national and international credit accumulation and transfer schemes.

205

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

D

egre

e an

d c

ou

rse

stru

ctu

res

Brunel university


teaching and assessment

teaching methods

Most modules include formal lectures, seminars and tutorials. Courses in the applied sciences, health and engineering disciplines incorporate substantial amounts of practical or laboratory-based activity, including individual or group project work. Teaching methods are summarised on each course page. All modules allow time for you to learn on your own in private study or collectively in groups.

You may also participate in external activities such as research projects with external agencies and companies or visits to and by professionals in your chosen discipline.

In your final year, you will complete a major project. This may be of an experimental, applied or theoretical nature or a combination of the three. If you are taking a sandwich course, your project will probably be connected with work undertaken during your placement(s). In some subjects, project work is developed by a team of students, each with a particular contribution to make.

Teaching and learning methods are designed to develop and improve transferable skills which will enhance your employability.

Assessment

The intended learning outcomes for each module (what you are expected to know and to be able to do when you have completed it) are given in detailed assessment or study block outlines (module outlines) to help you assess your own learning targets.

Many courses are assessed by a combination of continuous assessment (including, for example, essays, reports, practicals and presentations) and end of year examinations, to test both your knowledge and skills. Assessment methods are summarised on each course page.

The proportion of marks gained through each method varies according to the module and level of study. To progress from one level of a programme to the next, you will need to fulfil the necessary requirements for that level, taking into account any opportunities for reassessment that may be offered to you.

If you are taking a sandwich course, performance on work placements is also taken into consideration by the Board of Examiners.ProfessionalpracticeinEducation,HealthorSocialWorkdegreesisalsoassessed.

Final degree classification is usually determined by the results gained at Levels 2 and 3, including performance in your final year project.

Professional exPerienCe anD aCCreDitation


www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Professio

nal exp

erience an

d accred

itation

Professional experience and accreditation

the modules you take for your academic course are only part of your learning process. Brunel places great emphasis on the practical and personal skills that are essential to graduates who want to find a good job.

If you choose the four year sandwich course – a degree pathway that integrates placements with academic study – you will have the opportunity to acquire valuable practical skills through extended work experience. Sandwich courses include an assessed placement worth 120 credits.

If you are taking a full-time programme, you may still be able to gain practical experience – some Schools offer opportunities for work experience during term time, whileforothers(forexampleintheSchoolofHealthSciencesandSocialCare)theremay be regular placements in professional settings as part of your course.

Whateveryourcareerinterest,youwillfindthatgraduateemployersplaceahighvalueon relevant work experience, frequently rating it above even degree classification as a selectioncriterion.Whateveryoursubject,thePlacementandCareersCentrecanhelpyou build appropriate experience, and your first year is an ideal time to start.

Finding the right sandwich placement

The University collaborates closely with employers and works to ensure that academic study and professional experience complement each other, since both are part of a continuous learning process.

YouracademictutorandthePlacementOfficersbasedinthePlacementandCareers Centre will help you in your search for suitable placements and give guidance on the kind of experience best suited to your needs, but the responsibility for finding a placement is yours.

A placement should take account of your degree course, knowledge and previousexperience.Wetrytoensurethat you are engaged in work which is relevant to your degree and appropriate to your level of ability, and that you are given as much variety of experience as is practicable. A tutor will remain in touch with you throughout your placement.

The University has contacts with several thousand employing organisations, including industry in both the public and private sectors, government departments, research laboratories, local authorities,

business and commerce. You will usually be supervised by a senior person in the establishment concerned.

You may be paid a salary by the organisation during your sandwich placement periods. Although you are unlikely to earn enough to fully finance yourself through the academic study periods, you may be able to offset a significant part of the cost of living. This in turn could go some way to reducing the amount you need to borrow as a student loan.

transferring to a different mode of study

If you are registered for a sandwich course but have problems obtaining suitable placements, you may be able to transfer to a different mode of study. For example, you may be able to switch to a full-time mode from a thick-sandwich mode at the endofLevel2.Optionsvaryfromcourseto course, depending on the availability of different modes. You should therefore check the programme specification for your course when you register.

Professional exPerienCe anD aCCreDitation

207

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

P

rofe

ssio

nal

exp

erie

nce

an

d a

ccre

dit

atio

n

Brunel university


Opportunities for sponsorship

Sponsored students usually have an established relationship with one organisation during their course, so they become familiar with the entire range of its activities. Many sponsoring organisations pay a bursary to their students during university-based periods, and there is often the opportunity to remain with the sponsoring company as a graduate. Some of Brunel’s degree programmes encourage applicants to look for a sponsor prior to, or soon after, joining their course. Individual Admissions Tutors can advise you on how to go about this.

Degrees including a recommendation for Qualified teacher status

Students training to enter the teaching profession will follow a programme that leads to both a degree and theopportunityforQualifiedTeacherStatus.Practicaltraining is a compulsory part of this full-time course.

Students training to be teachers will study for four years and spend most of the first two years in academic study. The final two years are largely spent in school-based learning.

Accreditation by professional institutions

A Brunel degree may bring particular advantages if you are contemplatingacareerincertainprofessions.Professionalbodies accredit degree courses which they deem suitable for gaining admission to their ranks, and a large number of Brunel’s courses are validated by these bodies. Check the course page to see whether this applies to you.

Aside from an accredited degree, membership requirements normally include a period of training in the relevant discipline. For Brunel students on sandwich courses, periods of work placement can contribute between six and sixteen months towards such training requirements, giving you accelerated entry to your chosen profession. Your School will help to ensure that any eligible work experience is registered towards accreditation, and you can check with your Admissions Tutor about requirements in your particular subject area.

aPPlying to Brunel


www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Ap

plyin

g to

Bru

nel

Applying to Brunel

Applications for all full-time and sandwich first degree courses must be made online through the universities and Colleges Admissions service (uCAs).

Courses in the UCAS scheme are listed on the UCAS website. Visit www.ucas.com to apply, and for more information.

Where can i apply?

You can apply for 2012 entry either online at www.ucas.com or by using the Electronic Application System (EAS) set up with UCAS in schools, colleges and careers offices (where applications are submitted to UCAS through a teacher or careers advisor rather than individually).

When should i apply?

UCAS can start receiving applications from 1 september 2011 for entry in Autumn 2012. The normal closing date for the receipt of applications is 15 January 2012.

UCAS accepts that some applicants, especially from outside the UK, may find this difficult, and you can still apply through UCAS up to the end of June. Universities and colleges may still consider your application, but the most popular courses may already be full. If you apply after the end of June, you will automatically go into Clearing.

How do i apply?

You may apply for up to five choices of institution/course on your UCAS form. You should not feel obliged to use all five choices if you do not need to. Your choices can be selected from any of the courses listed on the UCAS website, and you may, for example, mix both degree and non degree courses if appropriate. If you wish to apply for more than one course at Brunel, you will have to make a separate entry for each choice.

There is no facility for you to express an order of preference, and all your applications will be treated equally.

The institution code for Brunel is B84 Brunl.

As well as choosing five institutions/courses, there are six other sections to complete on the application: your personal details; additional information (for UK applicants only); your education history; your employment history; a personal statement; and a reference from your school.

If you need help or advice on your individual application, you can call the UCAS Customer Service Unit on +44 (0)871 468 0 468.

For other contact details, including phone numbers for applicants with hearing difficulties, visit www.ucas.ac.uk/about_us/contact_us

How much does it cost to apply?

It costs £22 to apply through UCAS, or £11 if you only apply for one course. If you’re applying through school or college, your teacher or lecturer will tell you whether you need to pay online with a card or bring in a cheque. If you’re applying online as an individual, you can pay by credit or debit card.

209

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

A

pp

lyin

g t

o B

run

el

Brunel university


How do i apply if i hope to be sponsored by my employer?

If you are employed in industry, and hope to be sponsored by your employer to study on a course listed on the UCAS website, you must apply through UCAS in the normal way.

i have a disability – why should i disclose this?

All disabled students who apply to Brunel are encouraged to disclose their disability when completing the UCAS form. This information is treated sensitively and is only used to help ensure our services and support can meet all new students’ needs.

Students with disabilities are also strongly advised to apply for the Disabled student’s Allowance (DsA) prior to the start of their course. See page 43 for more information.

i am a care leaver – why should i disclose this?

Brunel is offering a range of scholarships for care leavers so if you are a care leaver, please tick the appropriate box on your UCAS form in order to be considered for one of these. See page 54 for more information on Brunel scholarships.

i have a criminal record – can i still apply?

Havingacriminalrecordwillnotnecessarilybar you from studying with us. This will depend on the circumstances and background of your offences. For guidance notes for applicants who are ex-offenders, pleaseseeourAdmissionsPolicyandannexes at www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug/admissions_office/admissions

Students applying for courses that involve regulated activity with children and/or vulnerable adults will be legally required to undertake a Criminal Records Bureau check – see page 211 for more information.

How do i apply for a part-time course?

Part-timeapplicationsshouldbemadedirect to the relevant school.

How do i apply for a non-degree course?

Students applying for full- or part-time courses that do not lead to a degree qualification should apply direct to the relevant School.

What offer will i be made?

Many applicants will have to gain qualifications before they can take up their place, and conditions will be set for grades needed (this is called a Conditional Offer). You may alternatively be made an unconditional Offer if you have already attained the relevant qualifications.

Any conditions set for an offer of a place must be fulfilled by the 9 August prior to the planned date of entry. If you have any queries regarding this date, pleasecontacttheAdmissionsOfficeby emai [email protected]

entry requireMents


www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

entry req

uirem

ents

entry requirements

these pages provide further information about the general entry requirements listed under each course entry. there is flexibility in all our entry requirements, and all applicants will be considered on an individual basis.

GCses

You must hold a minimum of five GCSE passesatGradeCorabove.Pleasenotethat all GCSEs must normally have been obtained at the time of application.

NativespeakersofEnglishwillbeexpectedto hold a GCSE at a minimum of Grade C or equivalent in English. All GCSE requirements are listed on the course page for your course. Pleasenotethat,ifMathsGCSEisrequired,aGCSE in Use of Maths will not be accepted.

GCe A-levels

Entry criteria are expressed on each prospectusandWebcoursepageinterms of a minimum of three GCE A-level passes in appropriate subjects, normally achievedatonesitting.Pleasenotethatan equivalent or higher combination of grades to that indicated on each course entry will also be accepted.

The required grades for your course must normally come from at least three full A-level passes, although candidates offering a combination of AS- and A-levels may normally be considered.

WewelcomeapplicationsfromstudentstakingtheExtendedProjectQualification.

AS-level scores will be incorporated into an A-level score in the same subject, so there is no double-counting.

irish leaving Certificate

The University welcomes applications from students taking Irish qualifications. Entry criteriacanbefoundontheWebpage

for your course in terms of a minimum of fivepassesatHigherLevelinappropriatesubjects,achievedatonesitting.Pleasenote that an equivalent or higher combination of grades to that indicated on each course entry will also be accepted.

scottish Highers and Advanced Highers

The University welcomes applications from students taking Scottish qualifications. Entry criteriacanbefoundontheWebpageforyour course in terms of a minimum of three AdvancedHigherpassesinappropriatesubjects,achievedatonesitting.Pleasenotethat an equivalent or higher combination of grades to that indicated on each course entry will normally be accepted.

The required grades for your course must normally come from at least three full AdvancedHigherpasses,althoughcandidatesofferingacombinationofHighersandAdvancedHighersmayalsobeconsidered.

ScottishHigherscoreswillbeincorporatedintoAdvancedHigherscores in the same subject.

Advanced Diploma

Most degree programmes at Brunel accept applications from students offering an Advanced Diploma, usually in a specified subject or range of subjects. Most courses demand an A-level for Additional and Specialist Learning (ASL), sometimes in a specified subject, while some require a particular Specialist Unit. Entry criteria are expressed on

211

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

e

ntr

y re

qu

irem

ents

Brunel university


each prospectus and web course page in termsofarequiredProgressionDiplomagrade plus a required A-level grade.

PleasenotethataProgressionDiplomaalone is not acceptable for entry to Brunel.

BteC

The University welcomes applicants offering a BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma, and some courses also accept a BTEC Level 3 Diploma alongside an A-level. Your Extended Diploma or Diploma must be in a subject related to the course you wish to study at Brunel, and you must achieve the grades specified on each prospectus and web course page, including any grades required in particular subjects.

international Baccalaureate Diploma

TheIBDPisconsideredforentrytoallcoursesatBrunel.Offersarenormallymadeintermsof gaining the Diploma with a total of at least 24 points, often including specified grades in one or more particular subjects. The required number of points is listed on each prospectus and web course page.

The University will also normally consider candidates who have gained the European Baccalaureate with an overall score of approximately 60 per cent.

AQA Baccalaureate

The University welcomes applicants offering the AQA Bacc and recognises the benefits oftheenrichmentactivity.However,offersare normally made on the basis of three A-levels, according to the criteria stated on each prospectus and web course page.

Cambridge Pre-u

CambridgePre-UPrincipalSubjectsaswellasthefullCambridgePre-UDiploma are welcomed for entry to all courses at Brunel. Check the UCAS website at www.ucas.ac.uk/students/ucas_tariff/tarifftables for information on grade equivalence. Candidates will be considered on an individual basis.

OCr level 3 nationals

The University welcomes applicants offering OCRLevel3NationalExtendedDiplomas,andsomecoursesalsoacceptaLevel3NationalDiploma. Your Diploma must be in a subject related to the course you wish to study at Brunel. Check the UCAS website at www.ucas.ac.uk/students/ucas_tariff/tarifftables for information on grade equivalence. Candidates will be considered on an individual basis.

Criminal records Bureau

At the time of going to press, the Vetting and Barring Scheme remains under review. For the latest information, visit www.direct.gov.uk/en/campaigns/vetting/ index.htm

Overseas qualifications

Candidates are advised to contact Brunel International to confirm the acceptability of all overseas qualifications.


tel +44 (0)1895 265519

entry requireMents


www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

entry req

uirem

ents

english language requirements

There are minimum English language requirementsforallindividuals.Nativespeakers of English should normally have a GCSE in English at minimum Grade C. Equivalent levels of English for non native speakers are outlined on the web page for your course. In some cases, the University may ask you to prove your command of English.

Web www.brunel.ac.uk/international/languagerequirements

vocational courses

Vocational qualifications will be considered on an individual basis. If in doubt about the acceptability of qualifications, please contact the relevant Admissions Tutor for yourcourse,ortheAdmissionsOffice.


Mature students / non-standard applications

Brunel welcomes mature applicants and others with non-standard qualifications. Those without the required qualifications are encouraged to take an Access to HigherEducationcourse,astheseareaccepted for entry to the majority of our degree programmes. Required Access entry profiles are listed on each prospectus and web course page.

Access courses usually take one year to complete and can be studied full- or part-time at over 1,500 colleges across the country.

APel

AccreditationofPriorExperientialLearning may be used for entry to any course and its use will determine what exemptions are possible. Any exemptions will be limited to two thirds of an undergraduate degree programme.

APl/CAts

You can also gain exemptions for skills and qualifications that you may already have acquired elsewhere (Accreditation of PriorLearning).SinceallBrunelcoursesarecredit rated, you can gain credit for courses pursued here or at other institutions via the Credit Accumulation and Transfer Scheme. You should write directly to the tutor of the course in which you are interested with full details of your previous study. Exemptions are normally only granted where the previous study or work experience is directly comparable with a specific Brunel course.

requirements for non-degree courses

Students applying for full- or part-time courses that do not lead to a degree qualification may have different or additional entry requirements from those listed above. Details are listed on the relevantWebandprospectuscoursepages.

213

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

s

um

mar

y o

f te

rms

Brunel university


summary of terms

important information to read before accepting an offer

In addition to the contractual information sections contained in the undergraduate prospectus such as course descriptions and financial and general information, and the disclaimer published here, your place with the University will be subject to the terms and conditions stated in our offer letter to you as well as also being subjecttoourStatutes,CouncilOrdinancesand Senate Regulations and all University rules, policies and procedures from time to time in force (together our “terms”).

Some of these documents may be accessed at www.brunel.ac.uk/about/administration. Alternatively, copies of all documents can be obtained upon request from the University’sQualityandStandardsOffice.

Your place will also be conditional upon you registering with the University, paying fees when due, meeting any offer conditions we advise to you in writing (such as qualifications required) and all necessary legal and other requirements to study here on the chosen course (such as criminal record checks, previous conviction details, health checks, immigration clearance and so on).

Whenyouacceptanofferofaplacebythe University, a legal contract is formed with the University on the basis of the terms and may be ended by the University if the relevant conditions are not met or our terms not complied with. The contract is governed by English law and subject to the jurisdiction of the English courts. Pleasenotethatanylivingaccommodationprovided to you by the University (or any other party) will be subject to a separate contract and payment of accommodation fees under that separate contract.

In entering into the contract, neither the student nor the University intends that any of the terms of the contract will be enforceable by any person not a party to it, by virtue of the Contracts (RightsofThirdParties)Act1999.

If you have any queries regarding our terms or any relevant conditions, or would like to receive hard copies of any of the documents referred to above, please contact the University’sQualityandStandardsOffice.

For a full summary of the University’s Terms and Conditions see www.brunel.ac.uk/about-this-website/terms.

Disclaimer

The University makes all reasonable efforts to deliver the programmes of study, research opportunities and other services and facilities described in this publication and other University documents.

However,theUniversityisentitled,ifitreasonably considers it to be necessary (including in order to manage its resources and pursue its policy of continuous improvement appropriately):

• tosuspendordiscontinueprogrammesofstudy (for example, because a key member of staff is unwell or leaves the University);

• tomakereasonablevariationstothecontent and syllabus of programmes of study (including in relation to placements);

• toalterthetimetable,location,numberof classes and method of delivery of programmes of study, provided such alterations are reasonable;

suMMary of terMs

suMMary of terMs


www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

sum

mary o

f terms

• tomakechangestothestatutes,ordinances, regulations, policies and procedures that the University reasonably considers necessary (for example, in the light of changes in the law or the requirements of the University’s regulators);

• tocombineprogrammesofstudyifthe University reasonably considers this to be necessary (for example, because too few students apply to join a programme for it to be viable).

In the unlikely event that the University discontinues or does not provide a programme of study or changes it significantly before it begins:

• theUniversitywilltellrelevantindividualsat the earliest possible opportunity;

• anindividualwillbeentitledtowithdraw his or her application by telling the University in writing;

• theUniversitywillmakeanappropriaterefund of tuition fees and deposits paid.

The University will provide students with such tuition, learning support and other services and facilities as it considers appropriate, and with reasonable care and skill, but may vary what it provides from time to time (for example, the University may consider it desirable to change the way it provides library or IT support).

The University will not be liable to you for any representations or descriptions in this undergraduate prospectus, or in any other University documents, and/or made to you verbally, unless and to the extent confirmed in the terms as outlined above. The terms contain the entire agreement between you and the University in relation to you being a student at the University.

Nothinginthesummaryoftermsincludingthis disclaimer excludes any liability which it would be unlawful to exclude.

The University will not be liable to you in any manner whatsoever for any failure or delay, or for the consequences of any failure or delay, in performance of any contract with you if it is due to any event beyond our reasonable control including, without limitation, strikes, lockouts or other industrial action or disputes (whether involving our workforce or any other party), acts of God, pandemic, quarantine or widespread illness (whether affecting our staff and/or student body or otherwise), governmental requisitioning, emergency planning or provision, war, protests, fire, flood, storm, tempest, explosion, an actual, suspected or threatened act of terrorism, riot, civil commotion, national emergencies, breakdown of plant or machinery, or default of suppliers or sub-contractors.

Personal accident and liability

All registered students are covered by the University’s insurance for accidents thatoccuroncampus.However,theUniversity cannot accept responsibility for loss of, or any form of damage to, personal belongings of students.

religious festivals

The University tries, where at all possible, to accommodate students’ wishes in observing religious festivals during examination periods.

215

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

s

um

mar

y o

f te

rms

Brunel university


Diverse Brunel (equality and Diversity statement)

Brunel University values inclusiveness and confirms its continuing commitment to the principles of equality and diversity in employment, admission, and in its teaching, learning and research activities.

The University endeavours to ensure that all members of staff, students, visitors and applicants for employment or study are treated on the basis of their merits and abilities and that no one suffers discrimination or disadvantage regardless of their race, age, disability, gender reassignment, marriage or civil partnership, pregnancy or maternity, religion or belief (including lack of belief), sex and sexual orientation.

In order to achieve an environment that is free from unlawful discrimination and which encourages everyone to contribute fully to its work the University will endeavour to ensure that it:

•eliminatesdiscrimination,harassment,victimisationandanyother conduct that is prohibited by or under the Equality Act 2010;

•advancesequalityofopportunityandfostersgoodrelations between people who share a relevant protected characteristic and people who do not share it by:

- removing or minimising disadvantages suffered by staff and students and taking steps to meet their needs;

- encouraging staff and students to participate in public life or in any other activity in which participation is disproportionately low;

- tackling prejudice and promoting understanding within the University.

For a copy of the University’s Equality and Diversity Statement and its supporting policies, visit www.brunel.ac.uk/about/administration/equality-and-diversity

Widening Participation

FormoreinformationonWideningParticipationatBrunel, see page 47.

Visiting Brunel


www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

visitin

g B

run

el

visiting Brunel

Brunel Open Days and Campus tours are an excellent opportunity for you to come and meet our staff and students, and see for yourself what the university is really like.

Wewanttomakesurethatyoumakethemostofyourvisit,sotheOpenDaysarecarefullystructuredtohelpyoufindoutallyou need to know about the University and the courses that interestyou.Parentsandguestsaremostwelcometoattend.

Priorbookingisessentialtoensurethateveryonecanbeaccommodated within the programme. Timings vary, but will be confirmed when we acknowledge your booking. As a rough guide,theearliestyouwillneedtoarriveatanOpenDayis9amandthelatestyouwilldepartis4pm.PleasenotethatthereislimitedornoparkingoncampusforOpenDaysandCampusTours–checktheWebformoredetails,nearerthetime.

To book your place please telephone +44 (0)1895 265595 or go to www.brunel.ac.ukandclicktheOpenDaystabon the right of the homepage.

OurOpenDaysandCampusToursin2012areintendedforstudentsconsidering entry in September 2013 or later. Applicants already holding an offer for 2012 entry and wishing to visit the University shouldcontacttheAdmissionsOffice,on+44(0)1895265265.

Open Days

All days will include:

• awelcomeandintroductionto Brunel University;

• atourofthecampusand accommodation led by current students;

• acoursepresentation;

• astudentlifeseminar– a chance to grill current students on University life;

• afinancesession.

Dates for students considering entry in September 2013 are:

• Friday15June2012

• Friday22June2012

• Monday3September2012

• Wednesday 5 september 2012

• Friday7September2012

Campus tours (one hour tour)

A Campus Tour is a one hour, general tour of the campus, led by current students. Campus Tours take place on WednesdaysfrommidSeptembertolateNovember2011(excluding half term week), and on two weekdays during half-term. For upcoming dates, visit www.brunel.ac.uk and clicktheOpenDaystabontherightofthehomepage.

217

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

v

isit

ing

Bru

nel

Brunel university


How to find us

The Brunel University campus is in Uxbridge, on the western edge of London. It is a short drive from the M4, M40 and M25 and has the added benefit of being part of the London Underground network. There are also a number of bus routes running close to the campus.

As part of Brunel’s commitment to sustainability, we have implemented aTravelPlan,oneofthekeyaimsofwhich is to reduce our carbon footprint by enabling students and staff to travel to the campus by alternative means with less dependency on cars.

Pleaseusethemapsonthefollowingpagesto help you find your way to Brunel, around the local area and around the campus.

By underground

Uxbridge Station is approximately one mile from the campus and you should allow an hour for travel between central London (Baker Street) and Uxbridge on theMetropolitanLine.ThePiccadillyLine also serves Uxbridge, but allow an extra half hour if using this line. Uxbridge bus station is on the right as you come through the underground turnstiles and the bus journey time to Brunel is about 10 minutes off peak and 15 minutes at peak times. See the next page for bus routes.

By train

TrainsrunfromLondonPaddingtonortheWest(Bristol)toWestDrayton.Catchthe 222, U1 or the U3 bus to campus (see the next page for bus information).

By car

ParkingontheUxbridgecampusandinthelocalareaisveryrestricted.However,youwill be allowed to park on campus when moving into your halls of residence. At all other times, vehicles parked in contravention oftheUniversityTraffic,ParkingandPermitRegulationswillbeissuedapenaltycharge notice – for more information, visit www.brunel.ac.uk/about/pubfac/car-parking

M4: Leave M4 at Junction 4, follow signs to Uxbridge (A408) and Brunel University. At the second roundabout turn right and then left at the traffic lights. Continue ahead and turn left at the mini roundabout. Follow theroadpastHillingdonHospitalonyourleft, straight over the mini roundabout and turn right into Kingston Lane. After about 200 metres, turn left into the University.

A40/M40: At Swakeleys Roundabout take the B483 exit to Uxbridge. Follow the signs across two mini roundabouts. At a major roundabout bear left onto the A4020 (signposted to Brunel), then at the second set of traffic lights turn right into Kingston Lane. At the first roundabout, turn right into the University.

M25:(fromtheNorthorSouth)Jointhe M40 or M4 then see above.

Access by car for registered disabled visitors: Disabled parking bays are available at variouslocationsaroundthecampus.Pleasecollect a permit from the Main Reception intheWilfredBrownBuildingonarrival.

MaPs


www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Map

s

By bus

From uxbridge tube station:

• U3 (alight Brunel University, Cleveland Road)

• U1, U4 and U7 (alight Brunel University, Kingston Lane)

• 222 and U5 (alight Cowley Road and use the path via the University accommodation complex)

From West Drayton railway station:

• U1 (alight Brunel University, Kingston Lane)

• U3 (alight Brunel University, Cleveland Road)

• 222 (alight Cowley Road and use the path via the University accommodation complex)

From Heathrow Central:

• A10“HeathrowFast”,every15mins, with a journey time of about25mins–alightHillingdonRoad (stop name The Greenway) and use the footpath to campus

From stockley Park:

• A10“HeathrowFast”asabove, with a journey time of about 10 mins

Bus frequencies (weekdays)

• A10HeathrowAirport–Uxbridge:every 15 to 20 minutes

• U1Ruislip–WestDrayton:every 15 minutes

• U3HeathrowAirport–Uxbridge: every 9-14 minutes

• U4Hayes–Uxbridge:every 7-12 minutes

• U5HayesandHarlington–Uxbridge: every 8-13 minutes

• U7Hayes–Uxbridge:every 30 minutes

• 222Hounslow–Uxbridge:every 6-10 minutes

219

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

M

aps

Brunel university


222U3

427U4

607U5

A10U7

U2N207

222 U5

222 U5

U5

U5U3

U5U3

U3

U3427U4 U7 N207

427 607A10 N207

U3U4 U5 U7

U2

U4 U7U2

U3

427U4

607 A10U7 N207

U3427U4

A10U7 N207

U1

U1

U1

U4 U7U2U1

U1

U1

MaPs


www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Map

sZone A

ChadwickGaskellHealth Economics

Research GroupSchool of Arts

(taught programmes)Marie JahodaBrunel Law SchoolSchool of Social Sciences (UG,

PG and research offices)Meeting House

Zone B

Arts CentreBraggExperimental Techniques

CentreBrunel University PressHalsburyGraduate SchoolInstitute for the EnvironmentSchool of Sport and Education

Zone BWolfson CentreHeinz WolffBiosciences (enquiries)Brunel Institute for

Bioengineering School of Sport and EducationJohn CrankComputer CentreMathematical Sciences

(enquiries)

Zone C

Bannerman CentreAssistive Technology CentreCash OfficeDisability and Dyslexia ServiceJob ShopLibraryPlacement and Careers CentreStudent CentreWest London Assessment

Centre

Hamilton CentreBrunel HospitalityBrunel VolunteersCampus ShopsStudents’ UnionLecture CentreConference OfficeMedia ServicesRecital (Roberts) RoomAPDUMichael SterlingBrunel Business School

(taught programmes)Research Support and

Development OfficeSchool of Engineering and

Design (PG taught and research programmes)

Wilfred BrownAlumni Beldam GalleryEstates (Operations and

Resources)FinanceMarketingReceptionRegistry/AdmissionsSecurity

Zone D

Antonin ArtaudHowellHowell Theatre

(Howell Centre)Joseph LoweDistribution CentreMaintenanceMedical Centre

Heinz Wol�

Halsbury

HamiltonCentre

BannermanCentre

John Crank

Bragg

MichaelSterling

Wilfred Brown

Zone AZone B

Zone C

Zone D

Lecture Centre

NORTH LOOP ROAD

SOUTH LOOP ROAD

Tower A

Tower BTower C Tower D

Howell

Antonin Artaud

Joseph Lowe

Chadwick GaskellMarie Jahoda

TOPPING LANE

WEST SPUR RD

ISA

MBA

RD C

L

Brunel University Press

Cash Points

Arts Centre

Accom Oce

Medical Centre

Meeting House

STATION ROAD

CLE

VEL

AN

D R

OA

DC

LEV

ELA

ND

RO

AD

CO

WLE

Y RO

AD

COW

LEY

ROA

D

Conference Oce

Pond

ControlBarrier

ControlBarrier

The Quad

Post Box

A

1

2 3 4B

CD

E

F G

H I J

K

LM

N

OP Q

�

U3

U5222

Uxbridge 1 mile

222 U5

ReservedVisitor

Pay &Display

Pay &Display

ReservedVisitor

ReservedVisitor

ReservedVisitor

MainReceptionand Security

Isambard ComplexA NorthB MeadowC Michael BevisD ConcourseE Stephen BraggF WestG Maurice KoganH David NeaveI CentralJ EastK RunnymedeL George ShippM Trevor SlaterN ShoreditchO Syd UrryP SouthQ Brian Winstanley

Brunel’s Campus

221

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

M

aps

Brunel university


PIELD HEATH ROAD

Zone G

Brunel Science

Park

Elliott Jaques

Gardiner

Russell

St Johns

Mary Seacole

Sports Centre

Zone E

Zone F

Pavilion

Sports Park

Rive

r Pin

n

Accom O�ce

Lancaster Conf Suite

Counselling

Indo

or A

thle

tics

Cent

re

ControlBarrier

Control BarrierKIN

GSTO

N LAN

E

KING

STON

LAN

E

KING

STON

LANE

13

14

15

16

17

18

5

6

7

8

9

10

12 11

1212

U1, U4, U7

U1, U2, U4, U7

U1, U2, U4, U7

ReservedVisitor

5A10, U1, U4, U7

ReservedVisitor

Entrance

030409 133238

Uxbridge,Middlesex,UB83PHTel 01895 274000 Fax 01895 232806www.brunel.ac.uk

Zone E Zone A Zone F1 Isambard

Complex A – Q

2 Galbraith Hall

3 Fleming Hall

4 Mill Hall

Lancaster Complex13 Borough

Road Hall14 Maria Grey

Hall15 Lancaster

Hall16 Southwark

Hall17 Stockwell

5 Saltash Hall

6 Chepstow Hall

7 Clifton Hall

Bishop Complex8 Bishop Hall9 Kilmorey

Hall10 Lacy Hall11 St Margarets

Hall

12 Faraday Complex

Lancaster Complex18 Gordon Hall

ACCOMMODATION

Please do not use uB8 3PH in any satnav devices as these service providers have not yet adjusted their directions to the new vehicular entrance in Kingston lane.

Tower ABrunel Centre for Advanced

Solidification TechnologyDesign Exhibition CentreSchool of Engineering

and Design (UG taught programmes)

Tower BBITLabTower C and D

Zone E

Mary SeacoleHealth and Social Care

(enquiries)St JohnsInformation Systems and

Computing (enquiries)Indoor Athletics CentreLancaster Conference SuiteSports Centre

Zone F

Accommodation OfficeCounselling ServiceHousing Office

Zone G

Brunel Science ParkElliott JaquesBrunel Business School

(taught programmes)GardinerCLEAPSSRussellBrunel International (including

LIBT)International Pathways and

Language CentreMBA

Map last updated 14/09/09To download the latest version visitwww.brunel.ac.uk/about/campus/directions

inDex


www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

ind

ex

A

Academic Skills Service (ASK) ................................................15

Accommodation(offcampus–BrunelStudentHomes) .... 39

Accommodation (on campus) ............................................... 36

Aerospace Engineering BEng/MEng ...................................170

Anthropology ........................................................................ 60

Anthropology BSc .................................................................. 62

Anthropology and Sociology BSc ..................................62, 192

Applying to Brunel .............................................................. 208

Arts ......................................................................................... 64

Aviation Engineering BEng/MEng .......................................172

AviationEngineeringwithPilotStudiesBEng/MEng ........172

B

Biomedical Sciences BSc .......................................................136

Biomedical Sciences (Biochemistry) BSc ..............................136

Biomedical Sciences (Forensic) BSc ......................................136

Biomedical Sciences (Genetics) BSc

BiomedicalSciences(HumanHealth)BSc ...........................136

Biomedical Sciences (Immunology) BSc ..............................136

Broadcast Media (Design and Technology) BSc .................118

Business .................................................................................. 86

Business Computing BSc ......................................................150

Business Computing (eBusiness) BSc ..................................150

Business Computing BSc (HumanComputerInteraction) .......................................150

Business Computing BSc (Social Media) ..............................150

Business and Management BSc ............................................ 88

Business and Management (Accounting) BSc ..................... 88

Business and Management (Marketing) BSc ....................... 88

Business Studies and Sport Sciences BSc ...................... 88, 197

C

Campus Life ............................................................................ 32

CareersandWorkExperience .............................................. 22

Civil Engineering .....................................................................92

Civil Engineering BEng/MEng ............................................... 94



Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

in

dex

Civil Engineering with Sustainability BEng/MEng .............. 96

Clubs and societies................................................................. 29

Communication and Media Studies BSc ............................ 190

Computer Science BSc ..........................................................152

Computer Centre and Media Services ..................................15

Computer Science (Artificial Intelligence) BSc ..................152

Computer Science (Digital Media and Games) BSc ............152

ComputerScience(NetworkComputing)BSc ....................152

Computer Science (Software Engineering) BSc .................152

Computer Systems Engineering BEng .................................120

Computer Systems Engineering MEng ...............................122

ComputerSystemsEngineering(Networks)BEng .............120

Computer Systems Engineering (Software) BEng ..............120

Contemporary Education BA ..............................................114

Counselling ............................................................................. 43

Course Structure .................................................................. 203

CreativeWritingBA ............................................................... 66

D

Degree and Course Structures ............................................ 202

Design ..................................................................................... 98

Directions ..............................................................................217

Disability and Dyslexia Service ............................................. 44

E

Economics BSc ...................................................................... 106

Economics and Accounting BSc .......................................... 108

Economics and Business Finance BSc ..................................107

Economics and Finance ....................................................... 104

Economics and Management BSc ................................. 88, 106

Education ..............................................................................112

Electrical Engineering with Renewable Energy Systems MEng ..................................................................................124

Electronic and Communications Engineering BEng/MEng ........................................................................126

Electronic and Computer Engineering ...............................116

Electronic and Computer Engineering BEng/MEng ..........128

inDex


www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

ind

ex

Electronic and Electrical Engineering BEng/MEng ............130

Engineering with an Integrated Foundation Year ........... 200

English BA ............................................................................... 68

EnglishandCreativeWritingBA .................................... 65, 68

English and Film and Television Studies BA ................... 68, 70

Entry Requirements ..............................................................210

F

Facilities................................................................................ 12

Fees and Funding ................................................................... 54

Food and Catering ................................................................. 39

Foreign Languages .................................................................15

Film and Television Studies BA ..............................................70

Financial Mathematics BSc/MMath .................................... 160

Finance and Accounting BSc ................................................110

FoundationProgrammes(ProgrammeswithanIntegrated Foundation Year) ...........................................198

Funding ................................................................................... 54

G

GamesDesignBAJointHonours .......................................... 72

GamesDesignandCreativeWritingBA ........................ 65, 72

Games Design and English BA ........................................ 68, 72

Games Design and Film and Television Studies BA ....... 70, 72

Games Design and Sonic Arts BA ................................... 72, 82

H

HealthSciencesandSocialCare ..........................................134

Highlyrated,flexiblecourses ..................................................8

HistoryBA............................................................................. 180

HowtoApply ....................................................................... 208

HowtoFindUs ..................................................................... 217

I

Industrial Design and Technology BA ................................ 100

Information Systems and Computing ................................ 148

Information Systems, Computing and Mathematics with an Integrated Foundation Year ..............................201

International Business BSc .................................................... 90



Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

in

dex

InternationalPathwaysandLanguageCentre(IPLC) ..........15

InternationalPoliticsBSc..................................................... 182

International Students (Brunel International) .................... 48

International Students Entry Requirements ....................... 53

J

JournalismBA(NCTJAccredited) ..........................................74

L

Law .........................................................................................154

Law LLB ..................................................................................156

Library ......................................................................................15

Local Area ............................................................................... 35

M

Maps ......................................................................................218

Mathematical and Management Studies BSc ...................166

Mathematical Sciences .........................................................158

Mathematics BSc/MMath ....................................................162

Mathematics with Computer Science BSc ........................ 164

Mathematics and Computing BSc ...................................... 164

Mathematics and Statistics with Management BSc ...........166

Mechanical Engineering ..................................................... 168

Mechanical Engineering BEng/MEng..................................174

Mechanical Engineering with Aeronautics BEng/MEng ........................................................................174

Mechanical Engineering with Automotive Design BEng/MEng ........................................................................174

Mechanical Engineering with Building Services BEng/MEng ........................................................................174

Medical Care .......................................................................... 43

Mentoring ...............................................................................25

Modern Facilities ....................................................................12

Modules and Credits ........................................................... 204

Motorsport Engineering BEng/MEng .................................176

Multimedia Technology and Design BSc ............................132

Music Awards ..........................................................................17

Music BA ..................................................................................76

Musical Composition BMus ................................................... 78

MusicalPerformanceBMus .................................................. 80

O

OccupationalTherapyBSc ...................................................138

OpenDays .........................................................................5, 216

P

PhysiotherapyBSc ................................................................ 140

PoliticsBSc ............................................................................ 182

Politics,HistoryandInternationalRelations ......................178

PoliticsandEconomicsBSc .......................................... 106, 182

PoliticsandHistoryBSc ............................................... 180, 182

PoliticsandSociologyBSc ............................................182, 192

ProductDesignBSc ...............................................................102

ProductDesignEngineeringBSc .........................................102

ProfessionalExperienceandAccreditation ....................... 206

Psychology ............................................................................ 184

PsychologyBSc ..................................................................... 186

PsychologyandAnthropologyBSc .............................. 62, 186

PsychologyandSociologyBSc .................................... 186, 192

Research-led, up-to-the minute teaching ............................10

S

SandwichPlacements ............................................................ 23

SocialWorkBA .....................................................................142

Sociology BSc ........................................................................192

Sociology and Communications ......................................... 188

Sociology and Media Studies BSc ................................190, 192

Sonic Arts BA .......................................................................... 82

SpecialistCommunityPublicHealthNursingBSc ............. 144

SpecialistSocialWork (Adults/Children and Families) BA ...................................146

Sport (at Brunel) .....................................................................18

Sport Sciences .......................................................................194

Sport Sciences BSc .................................................................196

Sport Sciences (Coaching) BSc .............................................196

inDex


www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

ind

ex

227227

BR

un

el u

nIv

eRSI

ty

G

ener

al In

dex

BRunel unIveRSIty


Officers Of the University

ChancellorThe Rt Hon The Lord Wakeham

Pro-ChancellorThe Lord Lingfield

vice-Chancellor and PrincipalProfessor Chris Jenks

vice-PrincipalProfessor Mansoor Sarhadi

Pro-vice-Chancellors

Professor Ian Campbell (External Relations and Teaching Quality)

Professor Geoff Rodgers (Research)

Professor Dany Nobus (Strategy and Development)

Dr Mariann Rand-Weaver (Student Experience and Staff Development)

Copyright © Brunel University ISSN 1361-4975

credits

edited by Niki Khoroushi, Publications Officer

Photography by Sally Trussler and Neil Graveney

Design by Richard Mitchell, Brunel University Press

Printed by Belmont Press

Our thanks, too, to all the staff, students, graduates, schools, hospitals, companies and organisations featured in this prospectus.

Sport Sciences (Human Performance) BSc ................................196

Sport Sciences (Management of Sport Development) BSc ...........................196

Sport Sciences (Physical Education and Youth Sport) BSc ............................196

Student Life ...............................................................................28

Student Media ...........................................................................29

Support, Health and Welfare .................................................... 40

Summary of Terms ...................................................................213

T

Teaching and assessment ........................................................205

Theatre BA ............................................................................... 84

Theatre and Creative Writing BA ........................................ 66, 84

Theatre and English BA ....................................................... 68, 84

Theatre and Film and Television Studies BA......................... 70, 84

Theatre and Games Design BA ........................................... 72, 84

U

Union of Brunel Students (The) ................................................. 30

V

Visiting Brunel .........................................................................216

Volunteers (Brunel) ....................................................................27

W

Widening Participation ..............................................................47

Work and Careers......................................................................23

Work While You Study ...............................................................27

Un

derg

rad

Ua

te ProsPec

tUs 2

01

3B

ru

nel u

niv

ersity

B84

Bru

nl

Printed by an ISO 14001 printer using vegetable based inks on FSC certified stock (55% recycled)

Scan this code with the QR reader* on your mobile phone for more online information about undergraduate study at Brunel.

* A software download may be required. Search the Internet for a list of free providers and compatible phone types.

undergraduate prospectus 2013/2014

Documents

brunel international

visiting brunel

union of brunel students

health sciences

computer engineering

mec engineering

student life

campus life